コリント人への手紙第二 13:7
7 わたしたちは、あなたがたがどんな悪をも行わないようにと、神に祈る。それは、自分たちがほんとうの者であることを見せるためではなく、たといわたしたちが見捨てられた者のようになっても、あなたがたに良い行いをしてもらいたいためである。
ευχομαι δε προς τον θεον μη ποιησαι υμας κακον μηδεν ουχ ινα ημεις δοκιμοι φανωμεν αλλ ινα υμεις το καλον ποιητε ημεις δε ως αδοκιμοι ωμεν
We pray
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εὔχομαι
Greek:
εὐχόμεθα
Transliteration:
euchometha
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to pray/wish for
Morphhology:
Verb Present Middle or Passive Deponent Indicative 1st Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that happens - by people or things that are speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=N(K)O] Identical in Nestlé-Aland and other sources, meaning variants in KJV sources
Tyndale
Word:
εὔχομαι
Transliteration:
euchomai
Gloss:
to pray/wish for
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εὔχομαι [in LXX chiefly for נָדַד, also for עָתַר hi, etc;] to pray: with accusative of thing(s), 2Co.13:9; with dative of person(s), τ. θεῷ, Act.26:29; before πρὸς τ. θεόν, 2Co.13:7; with accusative and inf, Act.27:29, 3Jn.2; before ὑπέρ, Jas.5:16; ηὐχόμην εἶναι (On imperfect here, see ICC, in l, Lft, Phm 13), Rom.9:3 (Cremer, 718). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εὔχομαι
Transliteration:
euchomai
Gloss:
to pray/wish for
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εὔχομαι, imperfect εὐχόμην (Attic dialect ηὐ-) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future εὔξομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 1 εὐξάμην (Attic dialect ηὐ-) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: 2nd pers. singular subjunctive εὔξεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]- only Attic dialectaccusative to Hdn.[Refs 2nd c.AD+]: —pray, θεοῖς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εὐχὰς ὑπέρ τινος πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς εὔ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εὔ. ἔπος to utter it in prayer, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μεγάλα, μέγα εὔ, pray aloud, [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) with accusative et infinitive, pray that, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of an unrealizable wish [Refs 4th c.BC+]: with infinitive alone, εὔ. θάνατον φυγεῖν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τί δοκέεις εὔχεσθαι ἄλλο ἢ. λαβεῖ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς θεοῖς with accusative et infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also εὔ. τοὺς θεοὺς δοῦναί μοι pray that the gods may give, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later εὔ. ἵνα[Refs 1st c.BC+] 3) with accusative object, pray for, long or wish for, χρυσόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εὔ. τινί τι pray for something for a person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, pray for a thing from, τοῖς θεοῖς πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ ὑπέρ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς θεοῖς πολυκαρπίαν[Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) vow or promise to do, with future infinitive, εὔχομαι ἐξελάαν κύνας [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist infinitive, εὔχετο πάντ᾽ ἀποδοῦναι claimed (the right) to pay in full, [Refs 8th c.BC+]present infinitive, ηὔξω θεοῖς. ἂν ὧδ᾽ ἔρδειν τάδ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) with accusative of things, vow a thing, πολλῶν πατησμὸν εἱμάτων [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) εὔ. κατά τινος of the thing vowed (as though on the altar), εὔ. τοῖς θεοῖς κατὰ ἑκατόμβης [Refs 4th c.BC+] III) profess loudly, boast, vaunt, οὕτω φησὶ καὶ εὔχεται, οὕνεκ᾽ Ἀχιλλεὺς νηυσὶν ἔπι γλαφυρῇσι μένει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: mostly, not of empty boasting, but of something of which one has a right to be proud, ταύτης τοι γενεῆς τε καὶ αἵματος εὔχομαι εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]infinitive, ἐκ Κρητάων γένος εὔχομαι (i.e. εἶναι) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόρτις εὔχεται βοός (i.e. εἶναι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but also, III.2) boast vainlv, brag, εὔχεαι αὔτως [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with infinitive, εὔ. δῃώσειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) simply, profess or declare, ἱκέτης δέ τοι εὔ. εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τίς χθὼν εὔχεται ἥδε [εἶναι]; [Refs 3rd c.BC+] IV) passive, ἐμοὶ μετρίως ηὖκται I have prayed sufficiently, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect infinitive, ταῦτα μὲν ηὖχθαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἡ πανήγυρις ἡ. εὐχθεῖσα vowed, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]pluperfect (or non-thematic preterite) ηὔγμην in active sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit óhate 'to (be able to) boast that one is', 'to brag', Avest. aog- 'declare solemnly'.)
Strongs
Word:
εὔχομαι
Transliteration:
eúchomai
Pronounciation:
yoo'-khom-ahee
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to wish; by implication, to pray to God; pray, will, wish; middle voice of a primary verb
now
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέ
Greek:
δὲ
Transliteration:
de
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
but/and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ (before vowels δ᾽; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, see WH, App., 146; Tdf, Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; 1) copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mat.1:2 ff, 2Co.6:15, 16, 2Pe.1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Rom.3:21, 22, 9:30, 1Co.2:6, Gal.2:2, Php.2:8; in transition to something new, Mat.1:18, 2:19, Luk.13:1, Jhn.7:14, Act.6:1, Rom.8:28, 1Co.7:1 8:1, al; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jhn.3:19, Rom.5:8, 1Co.1:12, Eph.2:4, 5:32, al; ὡς δέ, Jhn.2:9; καὶ. δέ, but also, Mat.10:18, Luk.1:76, Jhn.6:51, Rom.11:23, al; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jhn.8:16. 2) Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop, answering to a foregoing μέν (which see), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most frequently without μέν; Bl, §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mat.6:14, 23, al; ἐγὼ (σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mat.5:22, 6:6, Mrk.8:29, al; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:40, al; after a negation, Mat.6:19, 20, Rom.3:4, 1Th.5:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, I) answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) without preceding μέν, II.1) adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) copulative, II.2.a) in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν [Refs] II.2.b) in enumerations or transitions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν, θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the combination καὶ δέ [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2.c) answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.b) τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. II) in apodosi: II.1) after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.1.b) after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι. ἐσόμεθα [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος. well, when the sun, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). B) POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
dé
Pronounciation:
deh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
but, and, etc.; also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English); a primary particle (adversative or continuative)
to
Strongs:
Lexicon:
πρός
Greek:
πρὸς
Transliteration:
pros
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Preposition
Grammar:
relating it to another person or thing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
pros
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
πρός, prep. with genitive, dative, accusative I. I. C. genitive, of motion from a place, from the side of, hence metaphorically, in the interests of, Act.27:34 (cf. Page, in l.). II. II. C. dative, of local proximity, hard by, near, at: Mrk.5:11, Luk.19:37, Jhn.18:16 20:11, 12 Rev.1:13. III. C. accusative, of motion or direction towards a place or object, to, towards. 1) Of place, (a) after verbs of motion or of speaking and other words with the idea of direction: ἔρχομαι, ἀναβαίνω, πορεύομαι, λέγω, ἐπιστολή, etc, Mat.3:14, Mrk.6:51, Luk.11:5, Jhn.2:3, Act.9:2, al. mult; metaphorically, of mental direction, hostile or otherwise, Luk.23:12, Jhn.6:52, 2Co.7:4, Eph.6:12, Col.3:13, al; of the issue or end, Luk.14:32, Jhn.11:4, al; of purpose, Mat.26:12, Rom.3:26, 1Co.6:5, al; πρὸς τό, with inf, denoting purpose (cf. M, Pr., 218, 220; Lft, Notes, 131), Mat.5:28, Mrk.13:22, Eph.6:11, 1Th.2:9, al; (b) of close proximity, at, by, with: Mat.3:10, Mrk.11:4, Luk.4:11, Act.3:2, al; after εἶναι, Mat.13:56, Mrk.6:3, Jhn.1:1, al. 2) 2. Of time, (a) towards (Plat, Xen, LXX: Gen.8:11, al.): Luk.24:29; (b) for: πρὸς καιρόν, Luk.8:13, 1Co.7:5; πρὸς ὥραν, Jhn.5:35, al; πρὸς ὀλίγον, Jas.4:14. 3) Of relation (a) toward, with: Rom.5:1, 2Co.1:12, Col.4:5, 1Th.4:12, al; (b) with regard to: Mat.19:8, Mrk.12:12, Rom.8:31, al; (with) pertaining to, to: Mat.27:4, Jhn.21:22, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; (d) according to: Luk.12:47, 2Co.5:10, Gal.2:14, Eph.3:4 4:14; (e) in comparison with: Rom.8:18. IV. In composition: towards (προσέρχομαι), to (προσάγω), against (προσκόπτω), besides (προσδαπανάω). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
pros
Gloss:
to/with
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
πρός, preposition, expressing direction, A) on the side of, in the direction of, hence with genitive, dative, and accusative, from, at, to: Epic dialect also προτί and ποτί, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually with accusative, more rarely with dative, and each only once with genitive, [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—dialectal forms: Doric dialectποτί (which see) and ποί, but Cretan dialect πορτί [Refs], Argive προτ(ί) [Refs 7th c.BC+] πός [Refs 4th c.BC+], also sometimes in Asia Minor in compounds, see at {ποσάγω},{ποσφέρω}; Aeolic dialect πρός [Refs 7th c.BC+]; πρές [Refs 6th c.AD+]; Pamphylian περτ (ί) [Refs] (With προτί, πρός cf. Sanskrit práti 'towards, near to, against, back, etc.', Slavonic protiv[ucaron], Lett. pret 'against', Latin pretium: ποτί (which see) and πός are not cognate) [Refs 4th c.BC+] refers to that from which something comes: A.I) of Place, from, ἵκετο ἠὲ π. ἠοίων ἦ ἑσπερίων ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) on the side of, towards, νήσοισι πρὸς Ἤλιδος towards Elis, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἁλός, π. Θύμβρης, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φυλακαὶ π. Αἰθιόπων, π. Ἀραβίων, π. Διβύης, on the frontier towards the Ethiopians, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+] one on the north side, the other on the south side, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τοῦ Τμώλου τετραμμένον τῆς πόλιος (in such phrases the accusative is more common) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀπὸ τῆσδε τῆς ὁδοῦ τὸ π. τοῦ λιμένος ἅπαν everything on the harbour-ward side of this road, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.3) before, in presence of, μάρτυροι ἔστων π. τε θεῶν μακάρων π. τε θνητῶν ἀνθρώπων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποίτοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος. ὑπίσχομαι probably in [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.I.3.b) in the eyes of, ἄδικον οὐδὲν οὔτε π. θεῶν οὔτε π. ἀνθρώπων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσιος π. θεῶν Legal cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατειπάτω. ἁγνῶς π. τοῦ θεοῦ if he wishes to be pure in the sight of the god, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς π. ἀνθρώπων βραχὺ μέτρον ἔχει [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) in supplication or adjuration, before, and so, in the name of, σε. γουνάζομαι. π. τ᾽ ἀλόχου καὶ πατρός [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἱκετεύω, ἀντιβολῶ π. παίδων, π. γυναικῶν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with other words, π. τῆς ἑστίας [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in questions, π. θεῶν, τίς οὕτως εὐήθης ἐστί; in heaven's name, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Trag. with the pronoun σε between preposition and case, π. νύν σε πατρὸς π. τε μητρός. ἱκνοῦμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.5) of origin or descent, from, on the side of, γένος ἐξ Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ τὰ π. πατρός by the father's side, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρόγονοι ἢ π. ἀνδρῶν ἢ γυναικῶν in the male or female line, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ π. αἵματος blood-relations, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) of effects proceeding from what cause soever: A.II.1) from, at the hand of, with Verbs of having, receiving, etc, ὡς ἂν. τιμὴν καὶ κῦδος ἄρηαι π. πάντων Δαναῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+] to have been taught by, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; αἴσχε᾽ ἀκούω π. Τρώων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; also λόγου οὐδενὸς γίνεσθαι π. τινῶν [Refs]; παθεῖν τι π. τινός at the hand of,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τῆς τύχης ὄλωλεν[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with an adjective or substantive, τιμήεσσα π. πόσιος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἄρκεσις π. ἀνδρός, δόξα π. ἀνθρώπων, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adverb, οἶμαι γὰρ ἂν οὐκ ἀχαρίστως μοι ἔχειν οὔτε π. ὑμῶν οὔτε π. τῆς Ἑλλάδος I shall meet with no ingratitude at your hands, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) of things, π. τίνος ποτ᾽ αἰτίας [τέθνηκεν]; from of by what cause? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀμπλακημάτων by or by reason of, [Refs] A.III) of dependence or close connexion: hence, A.III.1) dependent on one, under one's protection, π. Διός εἰσι ξεῖνοί τε πτωχοί τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; δικασπόλοι, οἵ τε θέμιστας π. Διὸς εἰρύαται by commission from him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ἄλλης ἱστὸν ὑφαίνοις at the bidding of another, [Refs] A.III.2) on one's side, in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) of that which is derivable from: hence, agreeable to, becoming, like, τὰ τοιαῦτα ἔργα οὐ π. τοῦ ἅπαντος ἀνδρὸς νενόμικα γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰπ. ψυχῆς τε ἀγαθῆς καὶ ῥώμης ἀνδρηΐης [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦ κάρτα π. γυναικὸς αἴρεσθαι κέαρ 'tis very like a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. δίκης οὐδὲν τρέμων agreeably to justice, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐάν τι ἡμῖν π. λόγου ᾖ if it be at all to our purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]correctly, [Refs]; but π. τρόπου τι ὠνεῖσθαι buy at a reasonable price, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀγαθοῦ, π. κακοῦ τινί ἐστι or γίγνεται, it is to one's advantage or otherwise, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀτιμίας λαβεῖν τι to take a thing as an insult, regard it so, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; λαβεῖν τι π. ὀργῆς (variant{ὀργήν}) [Refs 1st c.AD+]; τῷ δήμῳ π. αἰσχύνης ἂν ἦν, π. ὀνείδους ἂν ἦν τῇ πόλει, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B) WITH DAT, it expresses proximity, hard by, near, at, ποτὶ γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτὶ δρυσίν among the oaks, [Refs]; πρὸς ἄκμονι χαλκεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄγκυραν ποτὶ ναΐ κρημνάντων[Refs 5th c.BC+]; θακεῖν π. ναοῖς[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐς μάχην καθίστασθαι π. (variant ὑπ᾽) αὐτῇ τῇ πόλει [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ π. Αἰγίνῃ στράτευμα off Aegina, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Αίβυες οἱ π. Αἰγύπτῳ bordering on, [Refs]; τὸ π. ποσί that which is close to the feet, before one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θρηνεῖν ἐπῳδὰς π. πήματι over it, [Refs]; αἱ π. τῇ βάσει γωνίαι the angles at the base, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) before, in the presence of, π. τοῖς θεσμοθέταις, π. τῷ διαιτητῇ λέγειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.3) with Verbs denoting motion towards a place, upon, against, ποτὶ δὲ σκῆπτρον βάλε γαίῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λιαζόμενον ποτὶ γαίῃ sinking on the ground, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.4) sometimes with a notion of clinging closely, προτὶ οἷ λάβε clasped to him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δμῳαῖσι κλίνομαι fall into the arms of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]close to, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II) to express close engagement, at the point of, π. αὐτῷ γ᾽ εἰμὶ τῷ δεινῷ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; engaged in or about, π. τῷ εἰρημένῳ λόγῳ ἦν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διατρίβειν or σχολάζειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν διάνοιαν, τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν π. τινί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατατάξαι αὐτὸν π. γράμμασιν, i.e. give him a post as clerk, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὁ π. τοῖς γράμμασι τεταγμένος [Refs 2nd c.BC+] B.III) to express union or addition, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and besides them sleep, [Refs 8th c.BC+]in addition to, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. ταῖς ἡμετέραις [τριήρεσι] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κυβερνήτης π. τῇ σκυτοτομίᾳ in addition to his trade of leather-cutter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] besides his youth, [Refs]; π. τούτοισι besides this, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely in singular, π. τούτῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τοῖς ἄλλοις besides all the rest, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) WITH ACCU[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I) of Place, towards, to, with Verbs of Motion, ἰέναι π. Ὄλυμπον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἰέναι π. δώματα, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ῥίπτασκε ποτὶ νέφεα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀπῆλθε πρὸς ἑαυτόν returned to his home, [LXX]; κληθῆναι π. τὸ δεῖπνον (rarer than ἐπὶ δεῖπνον) [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.2) with Verbs implying previous motion, upon, against, π. τεῖχος, π. κίονα ἐρείσας, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χῶρον π. αὐτὸν τόνδ᾽ uncertain in [LXX+NT]; π. ὑμᾶς παραμενῶ with you, [NT]beside, [Refs] C.I.2.b) of addition, ποὶ τὰν στάλαν ποιγραψάνσθω τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵππον προσετίθει πρὸς τοὔνομα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; προσεδαπάνησε π. τὸ μερισθὲν αὐτῷ εἰς τὸ ἔλαιον ἐκ τῶν ἰδίων over and above the sum allotted to him, [Refs]; προσετέθη π. τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ was gathered to his people, [LXX] C.I.3) with Verbs of seeing, looking, etc, towards, ἰδεῖν π. τινά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁρᾶν, ἀποβλέπειν π. τι or τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; στάντε ποτὶ πνοιήν so as to face it, [Refs 8th c.BC+] against the wind, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; κλαίεσκε π. οὐρανόν cried to heaven, [Refs 8th c.BC+] lie towards the West, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Prose, π. ἠῶ τε καὶ ἡλίου ἀνατολάς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἥλιον facing the sun, and so, in the sunlight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so π. λύχνον by lamplight, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; π. φῶς in open day, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but, by torch-light, [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.I.4) in hostile sense, against, π. Τρῶας μάχεαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. δαίμονα against his will,[Refs 5th c.BC+]: also in argument, in reply to, ταῦτα π. τὸν Πιττακὸν εἴρηται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and so in the titles of judicial speeches, πρός τινα in reply to, less strong than κατά τινος against or in accusation, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.5) without any hostile sense, π. ἀλλήλους ἔπεα πτερόεντ᾽ ἀγόρευον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π.ξεῖνον φάσθαι ἔπος ἠδ᾽ ἐπακοῦσαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; λέγειν, εἰπεῖν, φράζειν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὤμοσε δὲ π. ἔμ᾽ αὐτόν he swore to me, [Refs 8th c.BC+] sometimes governs the reflexive pronoun, διαλογίζεσθαι π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἀναμνήσθητε, ἐνθυμήθητε π. ὑμᾶς αὐτούς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μινύρεσθαι, ἄδειν π. ἑαυτόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.5.b) π. σφέας ἔχειν δοκέουσι, i.e. they think they are pregnant, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.I.6) of various kinds of intercourse or reciprocal action, π. Διομήδεα τεύχε᾽ ἄμειβεν changed arms with Diomedes, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σπονδάς, συνθήκας ποιεῖσθαι π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλέγεσθαι π. τινά converse with, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; διαλογίζεσθαι π. τινά balance accounts with, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἃ ἔχει διελόμενος π. τὸν ἀδελφόν [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.I.6.b) in phrases of the form ἡ π. τινὰ εὔνοια (ἔχθρα, etc.), π. sometimes means towards, as ἡ π. αὑτοὺς φιλία the affection of their wives towards or for them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φυσικαὶ τοκέων στοργαὶ π. τέκνα ποθεινά [Refs]: but sometimes at the hands of, ἡ π. τὸ θεῖον εὐμένεια the favour of the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φθόνος τοῖς ζῶσι π. τὸ ἀντίπαλον jealousy is incurred by the living at the hands of their rivals, [Refs]; τὴν ἀπέχθειαν τὴν π. Θηβαίους. τῇ πόλει γενέσθαι the hostility incurred by Athens at the hands of the Thebans, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῇ φιλίᾳ τῇ π. τὸν τετελευτηκότα the friendship with (not 'affection for') the deceased, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ φόβῳ τῷ π. ὑμᾶς the fear inspired by you, [Refs]; τῇ π. Ῥωμαίους εὐνοία his popularity with the Romans, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] C.I.7) of legal or other business transacted before a magistrate, witness, etc, τάδε ὁ σύλλογος ἐβουλεύσατο. π. μνήμονας [Refs 5th c.BC+] before a jury, ἔστι δὲ τούτοις μὲν π. ὑμᾶς ἁγών, ὑμῖν δὲ π. ἅπασαν τὴν πόλιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before a witness to whom an appeal for corroboration is made, [Refs]; φέρρεν αὐτὸν πὸ (τ) τὸν Δία in the eyes of Zeus, [Refs]; λαχεῖν πρὸς τὸν ἄρχοντα, γράφεσθαι π. τοὺς θεσμοθέτας, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ. ποτήρια. π. Πολύχαρμον having pawned the cups with P, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; also διαβάλλειν τινὰ π. τοὺς πολλούς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) of Time, towards or near a certain time, at or about, ποτὶ ἕσπερα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποτ᾽ ὄρθρον (nisi to be read πότορθρον) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π.ἀῶ ἐγρέσθαι, π. ἡμέραν ἐξεγρέσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γῆρας, π. τὸ γῆρας, in old age, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. εὐάνθεμον φυάν in the bloom of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέχρις ὅτου π. γυναῖκας ὦσι, i.e.of marriageable age, [Refs] for the moment, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; see below 111.5. C.III) of Relation between two objects, C.III.1) in reference to, in respect of, touching, τὰ π. τὸν πόλεμον military matters, equipments, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τὸν βασιλέα our relations to the King, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὰ π. βασιλέα πράγματα the negotiations with the King, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ π. τοὺς θεούς our relations, i.e. duties, to the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]in respect of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἕτερος λόγος, οὐ π. ἐμέ that is another matter, and does not concern me, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῶν φορέτρων ὄντων π. ἐμέ freightage shall be my concern, i.e. borne by me, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; π. τοῦτον ἦν ἡ τῶν διαφόρων πρᾶξις [LXX]; ἐὰν. βοᾷ καὶ σχετλιάζῃ μηδὲν π. τὸ πρᾶγμα, nihil ad rem, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐδὲν π. τὸν Διόνυσον Prov. cited in [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; οὐδὲν αὐτῷ π. τὴν πόλιν ἐστίν he owes no reckoning to the State, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῷ π. τὸν Θεόν (i.e. ὁ λόγος) he shall have to reckon with God, [Refs]; ἔσται π. τὴν Τριάδαν [Refs]; π. πολλοὺς ἔχων ἀγωνιστάς [Refs] see at {ὅσα μῦς ἐν πίσσῃ},[NT+5th c.BC+]; [τὸ or τὰ] πρός τι, the relative term or terms, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ π. τι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] name for two, [Refs]; π. ἡμᾶς relatively to us, opposed to ἁπλῶς, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὀρθὸς πρός or ποτί with accusative, perpendicular to, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.III.2) in reference to, in consequence of, πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ κήρυγμα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν φήμην in view of, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc: with neuter pronoun, π. τ; wherefore? to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. οὐδέν for nothing, in vain, [Refs]; π. οὐδὲν ἀναγκαῖον unnecessarily, [Refs 8th c.BC+]therefore, this being so, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3) in reference to or for a purpose, ἕστηκεν. μῆλα π. σφαγάς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; χρήσιμος, ἱκανὸς π. τι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖ π. ἐπιλημπτικούς is efficacious for cases of epilepsy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.3.b) with a view to or for a future time, ὅπως. γράμματα δῷ π. ἢν ἂν ἡμέραν ἑκάτεροι παραγίνωνται [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; θαυμάζεται τὰ Περικλέους ἔργα π. πολὺν χρόνον ἐν ὀλίγῳ γενόμενα [Refs 1st c.AD+] C.III.3.c) ={πρός} [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.4) in proportion or relation to, in comparison with, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι π. τὸν πατέρα Κῦρον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὰς μεγίστας καὶ ἐλαχίστας ναῦς τὸ μέσον σκοπεῖν the mean between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς παρεὸν. μῆτις ἀέξεται ἀνθρώποισι in proportion to the existing (physical development), [Refs 5th c.BC+] sells twice against or relatively to silver, i.e. for twice its weight in silver, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; [ἡ μαργαρῖτις λίθος] πωλεῖται. π. χρυσίον for its weight in gold, Androsthenes cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅπως π. τὰς τιμὰς τῶν κριθῶν τὰ ἄλφιτα πωλήσουσι on the basis of the price of barley, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἐξέστω αὐτοῦ ἀπογραφὴ τῆς οὐσίας π. τοῦτο τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀθηναίων τῷ βουλομένῳ property equal in value to this silver, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τῶν ἐγγύων τῶν ἐγγυωμένων π. [αὐτὰ] τὰ κτήματα [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θέντων τὰ ποτήρια π. χρυσοῦς ἑκατόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; τοὺς ἀπαγομένους εἰς φυλακὴν π. τὰ χρέα imprisoned for debt, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; τοὺς π. καταδίκας ἐκπεπτωκότας [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ἐγδίδομεν τὸ ἔργον. π. χαλκόν [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; οἷον π. ἀργύριον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχὰς ἀποδιδόμενοι [Refs 4th c.AD+]; π. ἅλας ἠγορασμένος, i.e. 'dirt cheap', [Refs 4th c.BC+] i.e. dine frugally, take pot-luck, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of measurements of time by the flow from the clepsydra, π. ἕνδεκα ἀμφορέας ἐν διαμεμετρημένῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ κρίνομαι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. κλεψύδραν Eub.p.182 K, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; hence later, π. ὀλίγον for a short time, ἐπανεῖναι π. ὀλίγον τὴν πολιορκίαν [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.ὀλίγον καιρόν, χρόνον, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]Prooem; π. ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ζῆν poetical in [Refs]; π. βραχύ [Refs 4th c.AD+] (by) a little past their best, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; π.μόνην τὴν ἐνεστῶσαν ἡμέραν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.5) in or by reference to, according to, in view of, π. τὸ παρεὸν βουλεύεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοῖς π. ὑμᾶς ζῶσι those who live with your interests in view, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ παιδεύεσθαι π. τὰς πολιτείας suitably to them, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁρῶ. ἅπαντας π. τὴν παροῦσαν δύναμιν τῶν δικαίων ἀξιουμένους according to their power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]according to, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πὸς τὰς συνθέσις in accordance with the agreements, [Refs 4th c.AD+]; τὸν δικαστὰν ὀμνύντα κρῖναι πορτὶ τὰ μωλιόμενα having regard to the pleadings, [Refs], compare 9.30; αἱ ἀρχαὶ. πρὸς τὰ κατεσκευασμένα σύμβολα σηκώματα ποιησάμεναι after making weights and measures in accordance with, or by reference to, the established standards, [Refs]; π. τὰ στάθμια τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀργυροκοπίῳ as measured by the weights in the mint, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; [Εόλων] ἐποίησε σταθμὰ π. τὸ νόμισμα made (trade-) weights on the basis of (i.e. proportional to) the coinage, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. τὸ δικαιότατον in accordance with the most just principle, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.III.6) with the accompaniment of musical instruments, π. κάλαμον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. αὐλόν or τὸν αὐλόν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ῥυθμὸν ἐμβαίνειν to step in time, [Refs 1st c.BC+] C.III.7) πρός c.accusative frequently periphrastic for adverb, π. βίαν, = βιαίως, under compulsion, νῦν χρὴ. τινα π. βίαν πώνην [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἥκω. π. βίαν under compulsion, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; by force, forcibly, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ π. βίαν τινός not forced by any one, [Refs] (but also, in spite of any one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἀλκήν, π. ἀνάγκαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ἡδονὴν λέγειν, δημηγορεῖν, so as to please, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λούσασθαι τὸ σῶμα π. ἡδ. as much or little as one like s, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ τερπνόν calculated to delight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. χάριν so as to gratify, μήτε π. ἔχθραν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον μήτε π. χ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] with genitive _of things_, π. χάριν τινός for the sake of, π. χ. βορᾶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]by means of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. ὀργήν with anger, angrily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὸ λιπαρές importunately, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. καιρόν seasonably, [Refs]; π. εὐτέλειαν cheaply, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. μέρος in due proportion, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τέτραπτο π. ἰθύ οἱ straight towards him, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. ὀρθὰς (i.e. γωνίας (. τῇ AEB at right angles to, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; π. ἀχθηδόνα, π. ἀπέχθειαν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; γυνὴ π. ἀλήθειαν οὖσα in truth a woman, a very woman, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in the highest degree, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.III.8) of Numbers. up to, about, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] D) AB[Refs 5th c.BC+] AS adverb, besides, over and above; in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently at the end of a second clause, τάδε λέγω, δράσω τε π. [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) IN COMPOSITION (joined with other words), E.I) motion towards, as προσάγω, προσέρχομαι, etc. E.II) addition, besides, as προσκτάομαι, προσδίδωμι, προστίθημι, etc. E.III) a being on, at, by, or beside: hence, a remaining beside, and metaphorically connexion and engagement with anything, as πρόσειμι, προσγίγνομαι, etc. F) REMARKS, F.1) in poetry πρός sometimes stands after its case and before an attribute, ποίμνας βουστάσεις τε π. πατρός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄστυ πότι (or ποτὶ) σφέτερον [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.2) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] F.3) sometimes (in violation of the rule given by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] followed by an enclitic pronoun, πρός με [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
πρός
Transliteration:
prós
Pronounciation:
pros
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Preposition
Definition:
a preposition of direction; forward to, i.e. toward (with the genitive case, the side of, i.e. pertaining to; with the dative case, by the side of, i.e. near to; usually with the accusative case, the place, time, occasion, or respect, which is the destination of the relation, i.e. whither or for which it is predicated); about, according to , against, among, at, because of, before, between, (where-)by, for, X at thy house, in, for intent, nigh unto, of, which pertain to, that, to (the end that), X together, to (you) -ward, unto, with(-in); a strengthened form of g4253 (πρό)
<the>
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸν
Transliteration:
ton
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Masculine
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC male person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
God
Strongs:
Lexicon:
θεός
Greek:
θεὸν
Transliteration:
theon
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Noun Accusative Singular Masculine Title
Grammar:
a proper name of a male PERSON OR THING that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theos
Gloss:
God
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male/Female
Definition:
θεός, -οῦ, ὁ, ἡ (Act.19:37 only; see M, Pr., 60, 244), late voc, θεέ (Mat.27:46; cf. Deu.3:24, al.), [in LXX chiefly for אֱלֹהִים, also for אֵל and other cognate forms, יהוה, etc;] a god or deity, God. 1) In polytheistic sense, a god or deity: Act.28:6, 1Co.8:4, 2Th.2:4, al; pl, Ac. 14:11 19:26, Gal.4:8, al. 2) Of the one true God; (a) anarthrous: Mat.6:24, Luk.20:38, al; esp. with prep. (Kühner 3, iii, 605), ἀπὸ θ, Jhn.3:2; ἐκ, Act.5:39, 2Co.5:1, Php.3:9; ὑπό, Rom.13:1; παρὰ θεοῦ, Jhn.1:6; παρὰ θεῷ, 2Th.1:6, 1Pe.2:4; κατὰ θεόν, Rom.8:27, 2Co.7:9, 10; also when in genitive dependent on an anarth. noun (Bl, §46, 6), Mat.27:43, Luk.3:2, Rom.1:17, 1Th.2:13; as pred, Lk 20:38, Jhn.1:1, and when the nature and character rather than the person of God is meant, Act.5:29, Gal.2:6, al. (M, Th., 14); (b) more freq, with art: Mat.1:23, Mrk.2:7, al. mult; with prep, ἀπὸ τ. θ, Luk.1:26; ἐκ, Jhn.8:42, al; παρὰ τοῦ θ, Jhn.8:40; π. τῷ θ, Rom.9:14; ἐν, Col.3:3; ἐπὶ τῷ θ, Luk.1:47; ἐπὶ τὸν θ, Act.15:19; εἰς τ. θ, Act.24:15; πρὸς τ. θ, Jhn.1:2; with genitive of person(s), Mat.22:32, Mrk.12:26, 27, Luk.20:37, Jhn.20:17, al; ὁ θ. μου, Rom.1:8, Php 1:3, al; ὁ θ. καὶ πατήρ κ. τ. λ, Rom.15:6, Eph.1:3, Phi 4:20, al; with genitive of thing(s), Rom.15:5, 13, 33, 2Co.1:3, 1Th.5:23; τὰ τ. θεοῦ, Mat.16:23, Mrk.12:17, 1Co.2:11; τὰ πρὸς τὸν θ, Rom.15:17, Heb.2:17 5:1; τ. θεῷ, as a superl. (LXX, Jos.3:3), Act.7:20, 2Co.10:4; Hebraistically, of judges (Psa.81(82):6), Jhn.10:34 " (LXX), 35. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theos
Gloss:
God
Morphhology:
Greek Noun Male/Female
Definition:
θεός, ὁ, Boeotian dialect θιός, Laconian dialect σιός (see. below), [Refs 5th c.AD+], Cretan dialect θιός [Refs], Doric dialect also θεύς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; vocative (only late) θεός, also θεέ [LXX+NT]; but classical in compound names, Ἀμφίθεε, Τιμόθεε:—God, the Deity, in general sense, both singular and plural (εἰ καὶ ἐπὶ θεοὺς καὶ ἔτι μᾶλλον ἐπὶ θεὸν ἁρμόζει μεταφέρειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; σὺν θ. εἰρημένον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so in plural, σύν γε θεοῖσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ θεῶν ἄτερ pi.[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑπὲρ θεόν against his will,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; θεῶν συνεθελόντων, βουλομένων, [Refs 5th c.BC+]bless you! good heavens! for heaven's sake! [Refs 8th c.BC+]: doubled in poets, θεὸν θεόν τις ἀγλαϊζέτω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θεοί (Cretan dialect θιοί) as an opening formula in Inscrr. (i.e. τύχην ἀγαθὴν διδοῖεν), [Refs].1, etc: in Prose also with the Article, ὁ θ. πάντων ἂν εἴη αἴτιος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θ, τὰ παρὰ τῶν θ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] b) θεοί, opposed to ἄνδρες, πατὴρ ἀνδρῶν τε θεῶν τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in singular, θεῷ ἐναλίγκιος αὐδήν [Refs 8th c.BC+], of an 'angel's visit', [Refs 3rd c.BC+] c) of special divinities, νέρτεροι θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐνέρτεροι θ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἱ κάτωθεν θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ δώδεκα θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὰ τοὺς δώδεκα θ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in dual, τὼ σιώ (Laconian dialect), of Castor and Pollux, ναὶ τὼ σ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] d) ὁ θ, of natural phenomena, ὁ θ. ὕει (i.e. Ζεύς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσεισεν ὁ θ. (i.e. Ποσειδῶν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of the sun, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δύνοντος τοῦ θ. [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; the weather, τί δοκεῖ τὰ τοῦ θεο; [Refs 4th c.BC+] e) Astrology texts, θεοί,= ἀστέρες, [Refs 4th c.AD+] f) θεός (i.e. Ἥλιος), name of the 9th τόπος, Rhetor.[Refs] 2) metaphorically, of abstract things, τὸ δ᾽ εὐτυχεῖν τόδ᾽ ἐν βροτοῖς θεός τε καὶ θεοῦ πλέον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ πλοῦτος τοῖς σοφοῖς θ. [Refs]; φθόνος κάκιστος θ. [Refs] 3) as title of rulers, θεῶν ἀδελφῶν (i.e. Ptolemy Il and Arsinoe), [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ἀντίοχος ὅτῳ θεὸς ἐπώνυμον γίγνεται [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; θεὸς ἐκ θεοῦ, of Augustus, [Refs 1st c.BC+] 3.b) = Latin Divus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν θεοῖς αὐτοκράτορες,= divi Imperatores, [Refs] 3.c) generally of the dead, καὶ ζῶντός σου καὶ εἰς θεοὺς ἀπελθόντος [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; θεοῖς χθονίοις,= Latin Dis Manibus, [Refs] 4) one set in authority, judge, τὸ κριτήριον τοῦ θ, ἐνώπιον τοῦ θ, [LXX] II) θεός feminine, goddess, μήτε θήλεια θεός, μήτε τις ἄρσην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; especially at Athens, of Athena, Decrees cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἁ Διὸς θεός, Ζηνὸς ἡ θ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of other goddesses, ποντία θεός [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ νερτέρα θ,= Περσεφόνη, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Thetis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of Niobe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in dual, of Demeter and Persephone, τὰ τοῖν θεοῖν ψηφίσματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) as adjective in comparative θεώτερος, divine, θύραι θ, opposed to καταιβαταὶ ἀνθρώποισιν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; χορὸς θ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] (κόσμῳ θέντες τὰ πρήγματα), by [Refs 5th c.BC+] [In Epic dialect (twice in [Refs 8th c.BC+], as monosyllable by synizesis, θεοί [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
θεός
Transliteration:
theós
Pronounciation:
theh'-os
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Noun Masculine
Definition:
figuratively, a magistrate; by Hebraism, very; X exceeding, God, god(-ly, -ward); of uncertain affinity; a deity, especially (with g3588 (ὁ)) the supreme Divinity
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μή
Greek:
μὴ
Transliteration:
mē
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, subjective negative particle, used where the negation depends on a condition or hypothesis, expressed or understood, as distinct from οὐ, which denies absolutely. μή is used where one thinks a thing is not, as distinct from an absolute negation. As a general rule, οὐ negatives the indic, μή the other moods, incl, ptcp. [In LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,אַל] I. As a neg. adv, not; 1) with ref. to thought or opinion: Jhn.3:18, Tit.1:11, 2Pe.1:9. 2) In delib. questions, with subjc. (M, Pr., 185): Mrk.12:14, Rom.3:8. 3) In conditional and final sentences, after εἰ, ἐάν, ἄν, ἵνα, ὅπως: Mat.10:14, Mrk.6:11 12:19, Luk.9:5, Jhn.6:50, Rom.11:25, al. 4) C. inf. (see M, Pr., 234f, 239, 255), (a) after verbs of saying, etc: Mat.2:12 5:34, Mrk.12:18, Act.15:38, Rom.2:21, al; (b) with artic. inf: after a prep, Mat.13:5, Mrk.4:5, Act.7:19, 1Co.10:6, al; without a prep, Rom.14:13, 2Co.2:1, 13 1Th 4:6; (with) in sentences expressing consequence, after ὥστε: Mat.8:28, Mrk.3:20, 1Co.1:7, 2Co.3:7, al. 5) C. ptcp. (see M, Pr., 231f, 239), in hypothetical references to persons of a certain character or description: Mat.10:28 12:30, Luk.6:49, Jhn.3:18, Rom.4:5, 1Co.7:38, 1Jn.3:10, al; where the person or thing being definite, the denial is a matter of opinion: Jhn.6:64, 1Co.1:28 4:7, 18, 2Co.5:21, al; where the ptcp. has a concessive, causal or conditional force, if, though, because not: Mat.18:25, Luk.2:45, Jhn.7:49, Act.9:26, Rom.2:14 5:13, 2Co.3:14, Gal.6:9, Ju 5; where the ptcp. has a descriptive force (being such as), not: Act.9:9, Rom.1:28, 1Co.10:33, Gal.4:8, Heb.12:27, al. 6) μή prohibitive, in indep. sentences, (a) with subjc. praes, 1 of person(s) pl: Gal.5:26 6:9, 1Th.5:6, 1Jn.3:18; (b) with imperat. praes, usually where one is bidden to desist from what has already begun (cf. M, Pr., 122ff.): Mat.7:1, Mrk.5:36, Luk.6:30, Jhn.2:16 5:45, Act.10:15, Rom.11:18, Jas.2:1, Rev.5:5, al; (with) forbidding that which is still future: with imperat. aor, 3 of person(s), Mat.24:18, Mrk.13:15, Luk.17:31, al; with subjc. aor, 2 of person(s), Mat.3:9 10:26, Mrk.5:7, Luk.6:29, Jhn.3:7, Rom.10:6, al; (d) with optative, in wishes: 2Ti.4:16 (LXX); μὴ γένοιτο (see M, Pr., 194; Bl, §66, 1), Luk.20:16, Rom.3:3, al; μή τις, Mrk.13:5, al. II. As a conj, 1) after verbs of fearing, caution, etc, that, lest, perhaps (M, Pr., 192f.): with subjc. praes, Heb.12:15; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:4, Mrk.13:5, Luk.21:8, Act.13:40, Gal.5:15, al; ὅρα μή (see M, Pr., 124, 178), elliptically, Rev.19:10 22:9; with indic, fut. (M, Pr., l.with), Col.2:8. 2) in order that not: with subjc. aor, Mrk.13:36, 2Co.8:20 12:6. III. Interrogative, in hesitant questions (M, Pr., 170), or where a negative answer is expected: Mat.7:9, 10, Mrk.2:19, Jhn.3:4, Rom.3:3 10:18, 19, 1Co.1:13, al; μή τις, Luk.22:35, al; before οὐ (Rom.10:17, al. in Pl.), expecting an affirm, ans; οὐ μή, Luk.18:7, Jhn.18:11. IV. οὐ μή as emphatic negation (cf. M, Pr., 188, 190ff; Bl. §64, 5), not at all, by no means: with indic, fut, Mat.16:22, Jhn.6:35, Heb.10:17, al; with subjc. aor, Mat.24:2, Mrk.13:2, Luk.6:37, Jhn.13:8, 1Co.8:13, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mē
Gloss:
not
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
μή, Elean μά [ᾱ] [Refs 6th c.BC+]. (Cf. Sanskrit mā´, Armenian mi [from I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] mē´], negative used in prohibitions):—not, the negative of the will and thought, as οὐ of fact and statement; μή rejects, οὐ denies; μή is relative, οὐ absolute; μή subjective, οὐ objective. (A few examples of μηδέ and μηδείς have been included.) A) in INDEPENDENT sentences, used in expressions of will or wish, command, entreaty, warning, A.1) with present imperative, 2 person, μή μ᾽ ἐρέθιζε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely with aorist imperative, μὴ. ἔνθεο τιμῇ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, μὴ ψεῦσον, ὦ Ζεῦ, τῆς. ἐλπίδος [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect imperative [Refs 8th c.BC+] person when perfect = present, μὴ κεκράγετε [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) with subjunctive (usually [Refs], in prohibitions, μὴ δή με. ἐάσῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή τοί με κρύψῃς τοῦτο[Refs 5th c.BC+]: coupled with present imperative, μὴ βοηθήσητε τῷ πεπονθότι δεινά, μὴ εὐορκεῖτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] person present subjunctive, μὴ κάμνῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with the hortative subjunctive used to supply the [Refs] person of the imperative, present μὴ ἴομεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist μὴ πάθωμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with 1st pers. singular, μή σε. κιχείω [Refs 8th c.BC+] (anapaest meter). A.2.b) with present or aorist subjunctive in a warning or statement of fear, μὴ. γένησθε take care you do not become, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ. ὑφαίνῃσιν I fear. may prove to be weaving, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in Attic dialect Prose, to make a polite suggestion of apprehension or hesitation, perhaps, μὴ ἀγροικότερον ᾖ τὸ ἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in later Greek the indicative is found, μὴ ἡ ἔννοια ἡμῶν. ἀντιλαμβάνεται [Refs 5th c.AD+] A.3) with future indicative, a uncertain usage (νεμεσήσετ᾽ is subjunctive in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μὴ βουλήσεσθε (Papyrus βούλη[σθ]ε) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) with past tenses of indicative to express an unfulfilled wish, μὴ ὄφελες λίσσεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.5) with optative to express a negative wish, with present, ἃ μὴ κραίνοι τύχη [Refs 4th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, μὴ σέ γ᾽ ἐν ἀμφιάλῳ Ἰθάκῃ βασιλῆα Κρονίων ποιήσειεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.6) in oaths and asseverations, ἴστω Ζεὺς, μὴ μὲν τοῖς ἵπποισιν ἀνὴρ ἐποχήσεται ἄλλος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.7) with infinitive, when used as imperative, μὴ δή μοι ἀπόπροθεν ἰσχέμεν ἵππους [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.8) frequently without a Verb, εἰ χρή, θανοῦμαι. Answ. μὴ σύ γε (i.e. θάνῃς) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἄπελθε νῦν. Answ. μὴ (i.e. γενέσθω) ἀλλά nay but, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in curt expressions, μὴ τριβὰς ἔτι (i.e. ποιεῖσθε) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι σύ none of that to me! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μή μοι πρόφασιν no excuses! [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) in DEPENDENT clauses: B.1) with Final Conjs, ἵνα μή [Refs 8th c.BC+], that so, ὅπως ἂν. μηδέ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but B.1.b) μή alone, ={ἵνα μή}, lest, ἀπόστιχε μή τινοήσῃ Ἥρη [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future indicative and aorist subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) in the protasis of conditional sentences, see at {εἰ} (for the exceptions see at {οὐ}), and with temporal conjunctions used conditionally, see at {ἐπειδάν, ὅταν, ὅτε}, etc. B.2.b) ὅτι μή except, ὅτι μὴ Χῖοι μοῦνοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὅσα μὴ ἀποβαίνοντες provided only that they did not disembark, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) in later Gr, with causal Conjs, ὁ μὴ πιστεύων ἤδη κέκριται, ὅτι μὴ πεπίστευκεν [NT+2nd c.AD+] that, ὅτι μὴ ἐστὶν ἐπίπεδος οὕτως ἂν καταμάθοιμεν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.4) in relative clauses, which imply a condition or generality, ὃς δὲ μὴ εἶδέ κω τὴν κανναβίδα whoever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὃ μὴ κελεύσει (perhaps κελεύσαι) Ζεύς such a thing as, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; λέγονθ᾽ ἃ μὴ δεῖ such things as one ought not, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with subjunctive, ᾧ μὴ ἄλλοι ἀοσσητῆρες ἔωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.5) with infinitive, B.5.a) regularlyfrom Homer on, except after Verbs of saying and thinking (but see below c): after ὥστε or ὡς, ὥστε μὴ φρονεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+]: always when the infinitive takes the Article, τὸ μὴ προμαθεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.5.b) by an apparent pleonasm after Verbs of negative result signifying to forbid, deny, and the like, ὁ δ᾽ ἀναίνετο μηδὲν ἑλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] (μηδέν); ἀντιλέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀπαγορεύειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ); ἀποτρέπεσθαι [Refs] (μηδέν); ἀρνεῖσθαι, ἔξαρνος εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παύειν (where the participle is more frequently) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases the Article frequently precedes μή, τὸ δὲ μὴ λεηλατῆσαι. ἔσχε τόδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐξομῇ τὸ μὴ εἰδένα; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴργειν τὸ μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐμποδὼν γίγνεσθαι τοῦ μή. [Refs] B.5.c) after Verbs of saying and thinking which involve an action of will, as in those signifying to swear, aver, believe, and the like; so after ὄμνυμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: occasionally with other Verbs, φημί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λέγω, προλέγω, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάντες ἐροῦσι μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; νομίζω[Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Gr, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.6) with the participle, when it can be resolved into a conditional clause, μὴ ἐνείκας, = {εἰ μὴ ἤνεικε}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ θέλων, ={εἰ μὴ θέλεις}, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μὴ δολώσαντος θεοῦ, ={εἰ μὴ ἐδόλωσε}, [Refs]; μὴ δρῶν, ={εἰ μὴ δρῴην}, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = ut qui nihil sciam, [Refs]; τίς πρὸς ἀνδρὸς μὴ βλέποντος ἄρκεσι; one who sees not, [Refs]: in this signification frequently with the Article, ὁ μὴ λεύσσων [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with causal significance, μὴ παρὼν θαυμάζεται [Refs 5th c.BC+]: very frequently in later Greek, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: occasionally after Verbs of knowing and showing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.7) with Substantives, adjectives, and adverbs used generically, with or without Article, τὰ μὴ δίκαια [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ μὴ 'μπειρία, ={τὸ μὴ ἔχειν ἐμπειρίαν}, want of experience, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δῆμον καὶ μὴ δῆμον[Refs 4th c.BC+] B.8) after Verbs expressing fear or apprehension (compare μὴ οὐ): B.8.a) when the thing feared is future, mostly with subjunctive: with present subjunctive, δεινῶς ἀθυμῶ μὴ βλέπων ὁ μάντις ᾖ shall proveto be, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: more frequently with aorist, δείδοικα. μή σε παρείπῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with perfect, shall prove to have been, δέδοικα μὴ περαιτέρω πεπραγμέν᾽ ᾖ μοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: less frequently with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with optative according to the sequence of moods and tenses: present optative, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with future optative in oratio obliqua, [Refs 5th c.BC+]vect.4.41. B.8.b) when the action is present or past, the indicative is used, εἰσόρα μὴ σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν τίθης [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.8.c) with indicative and subjunctive in consecutive clauses, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) in QUESTIONS: C.I) direct questions, C.I.1) with indicative, where aneg. answer is anticipated (but more generally in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μή σοι δοκοῦμεν; [Refs 5th c.BC+] (μηδέ) follows οὐ, see at {οὐ μή}. C.I.1.b) in other questions, τί μὴ ποιήσ; what am I not to do? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί μ; why not? [Refs]; compare μήν C.I.2) with subjunctive, when the speaker deliberates about a negative action, μὴ οὕτω φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοιοῦτος μὴ δῷ δίκη; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πῶς μὴ φῶμε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; how can a man help being excited when he speaks? [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) indirect questions, frequently with Verbs implying fear and apprehension [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also σκοπεῖσθαι πῶς ἂν μή. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; later in simple indirect questions, ἐπυνθάνετο μὴ ἔγνω [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.2) in questions introduced by εἰ, ἤρετό με. εἰ μὴ μέμνημαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἴτε. εἴτε μή, εἰ. ἢ οὔ, εἰ. ἢ μή without difference of meaning between μή and οὐ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) POSITION of μή. When the negative extends its power over the whole clause, μή properly precedes the Verb. When its force is limited to single words, it precedes those words. But Poets sometimes put μή after the Verb, ὄλοιο μή πω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φράσῃς. μὴ πέρα[Refs] D.2) μή is sometimes repeated, μή, μή καλέσῃς [Refs 5th c.BC+] E) PROSODY: in Trag. μή may be joined by synizesis with a following ει or ου, μὴ οὐ, μὴ εἰδέναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: initial ε after μή is cut off by aphaeresis, μὴ 'πὁθουν [Refs] followed by α is sometimes written μἀ. (see. μὴ ἀλλά, etc.); sometimes separately, μὴ ἀδικεῖν [Refs 4th c.BC+] F) μή in COMPOSITION (joined with other words), as μὴ ἀλλά, μὴ γάρ, μὴ οὐ, μὴ ὅπως or ὅτι, μή ποτε, etc, will be found in alphabetical order.
Strongs
Word:
μή
Transliteration:
mḗ
Pronounciation:
may
Language:
Greek
Definition:
(adverb) not, (conjunction) lest; also (as an interrogative implying a negative answer (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expects an affirmative one)) whether; any but (that), X forbear, + God forbid, + lack, lest, neither, never, no (X wise in), none, nor, (can-)not, nothing, that not, un(-taken), without; a primary particle of qualified negation (whereas g3756 (οὐ) expresses an absolute denial)
to do
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ποιέω
Greek:
ποιῆσαι
Transliteration:
poiēsai
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to do/make
Morphhology:
Verb Aorist Active Infinitive
Grammar:
an ACTION that was to happen
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
do, to do/make, do/work
Tyndale
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] 1) to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq, Act.2:22, al; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al; with accusative and accusative pred, Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al; with adv, καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem, Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat, Xen, al; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9. 2) to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol, with adv, καλῶς π, Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp, ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog, Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om; see supr, ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl, to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al, etc; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod, incomm; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al. SYN: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr, Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, Doric dialect ποιϝέω [Refs], etc: Epic dialect imperfect ποίεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction ποίει [Refs]; Ionic dialect ποιέεσκον [Refs 5th c.BC+]future ποιήσω: aorist ἐποίησα, Epic dialect ποίησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίηκα:—middle, Ionic dialect imperfect ποιεέσκετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ποιήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist ἐποιησάμην, Epic dialect ποι- [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίημαι in middle sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, future ποιηθήσομαι (μετα-) [Refs 4th c.BC+], see above; πεποιήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐποιήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect πεποίημαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Attic dialect ποῶ [Refs], etc, is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Comedy texts, as ποῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+], and found in codex Laur. of [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ποήσω), 82.9 (ποεῖ), 154.7 (ἐποησάτην), etc; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr: πο- also in Aeolic dialect πόημι πόης πόει [Refs 7th c.BC+]; compare ποιητής. Used in two general senses, make and do. A) make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opposed to πράττειν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of smith's work, π. σάκος[Refs]h' (= ἐποίησε) Ἀργεῖος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τίς. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίε; [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, [Refs 5th c.BC+]to be made with, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται [Refs]:—middle, make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [ῥεῖθρον] π, of a river, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, have a thing made, get it made, ὀβελούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) create, bring into existence, γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]the creator, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, beget, υἱόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, ={παιδοποιεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; conceive, παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—active in this sense only in later Gr, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι [Refs] A.3) generally, produce, ὕδωρ π, of Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἄρρεν π, of an egg, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; μέλι ἄριστον π, of Hymettus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; π. καρπόν, of trees, [NT] (metaphorically in religious sense,[Refs]; of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.b) in Mathematics texts, make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —passive, πεποιήσθω ὡς. let it be contrived that, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.3.c) postulate, imply, ἡ προσθήκη ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ ἔλλειψιν ποιεῖ [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.d) π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.4) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, write poetry, write as a poet, ὀρθῶς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a quotation, ἐπόησάς ποτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.b) represent in poetry, Ὅμηρον Ἀχιλλέα πεποιηκέναι ἀμείνω Ὀδυσσέως [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.c) describe in verse, θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.4.d) invent, καινοὺς θεούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.II) bring about, cause, τελευτήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of things, ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) with accusative et infinitive, cause or bring about that, σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a relative clause, π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη [Refs 5th c.BC+] —also middle, ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν[Refs] A.II.2) procure, π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, procure for oneself, gain, κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.3) of sacrifices, festivals, etc, celebrate, π. ἱρά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Ἴσθμια[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, [LXX]; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of political assemblies, π. ἐκκλησίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν [Refs]:—middle, ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.4) of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war, πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ᾽ εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.5) frequently in middle with Nouns periphrastic for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, [Refs]; ὀργὴν π, for ὀργίζεσθαι, [Refs]; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, [Refs]; βουλὴν π, for βουλεύεσθαι, [Refs]; συμβολὴν π, for συμβάλλεσθαι, [Refs]; τὰς μάχας π, for μάχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταφυγὴν π, for καταφεύγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγῶνα π, for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also simply for λέγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also π. δι᾽ ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) with adjective as predicate, make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them,[Refs 8th c.BC+] substantive, ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, appoint, instal, τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών [LXX+NT]middle, ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adopt, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, [Refs]; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ. ἔργον makes it his own, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) put in a certain place or condition, etc, ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of troops, form them, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in politics, ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, ποιέεσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἑωυτῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (see. ἐκποδών); ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.2) in Mathematics texts, multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰ π, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.V) middle, deem, consider, reckon a thing as, συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, [Refs] (rarely in active, δεινὰ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα π. with infinitive, deem it a great matter that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, [Refs 5th c.BC+] deem of no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πολλοῦ π, Latin magni facere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ πολλοῦ π. with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) put the case, assume that, ποιήσας ἀν᾽ ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without infinitive, ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (i.e. εἶναι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, [Refs]; οἱ φιλοσοφώτατοι ποιούμενοι those who are reputed, [Refs] read τί οἰώμεθα; A.VII) of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ᾽ ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; tarry, stay, μῆνας τρεῖς [NT+1st c.AD+] A.VIII) in later Greek, sacrifice, μοσχάριον [LXX]; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος[LXX] sacrifice to Ashtoreth,[LXX] A.IX) make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον[LXX]; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it,[LXX] A.X) ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king,[LXX] B) do, much like{πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν} [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν or πάντα π, see at {πᾶς} [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) with double accusative, do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἐκείνου (i.e. χώραν) κακῶς π. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, [LXX+5th c.BC+]:—in middle, φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) with an adverb, ὧδε ποίησον do thus, [Refs]; πῶς ποιήσει; how will you act? [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with participle, εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial, καλῶς γ᾽, ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ [Refs 4th c.BC+]fortunately, [Refs] B.4) in Prose (rarely in Poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I will do this for you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) absolutely, to be doing, act, ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖν, as a category, opposed to πάσχειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.b) of medicine, operate, be efficacious, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of charms, [Refs] B.II.2) [Refs 5th c.BC+] good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L, [Refs]: the former passage is imitated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C) middle, ={προσποιέομαι}, pretend, with infinitive, [Refs 1st c.BC+] 'builder', 'maker', cf. Sanskrit cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)
Strongs > g4160
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poiéō
Pronounciation:
poy-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct); abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield; apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary
you
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμᾶς
Transliteration:
humas
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Accusative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
wrong
Strongs:
Lexicon:
κακός
Greek:
κακὸν
Transliteration:
kakon
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
evil/harm
Morphhology:
Adjective Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
evil/harm, harm
Tyndale
Word:
κακός
Transliteration:
kakos
Gloss:
evil/harm: evil
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
κακός, -ή, -όν [in LXX chiefly for רַע;] 1) in general, opposite to ἀγαθός, καλός, in various senses, bad, mean, base, worthless (cl.). 2) In ethical sense, base, evil, wicked: of persons, Mat.21:41 24:48, Php.3:2, Rev.2:2; διαλογισμοί, Mrk.7:21; ὁμιλίαι, 1Co.15:33; ἐπιθυμία (Pro.12:12), Col.3:5; ἔργον, Rom.13:3; neut, κακόν, τὸ κ, evil: Jhn.18:23, Act.23:9, Rom.7:21 14:20 16:19, 1Co.13:5, Heb.5:14, 1Pe.3:10-11, 3Jn.11; pl, Rom.1:30, 1Co.10:6, 1Ti.6:10, Jas.1:13; κ. (τὸ, τὰ κ.) ποιεῖν (πράσσειν), Mat.27:23, Mrk.15:14, Luk.23:22, Jhn.18:30, Rom.3:8 7:19 13:4, 2Co.13:7, 1Pe.3:12; κατεργάζεσθαι, Rom.2:9; of wrongs inflicted, Act.9:13, Rom.12:17, 21 13:10, 1Th.5:15, 2Ti.4:14, 1Pe.3:9. 3) pernicious, harmful, evil: Luk.16:25, Act.16:28 28:5, Tit.1:12, Jas.3:8, Rev.16:2 (Cremer, 325, 741). SYN.: see: (ἄθεσμος) (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
κακός
Transliteration:
kakos
Gloss:
evil/harm: evil
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
κᾰκός, ή, όν, A) bad: A.I) of persons, A.I.1) of appearance, ugly, εἶδος μὲν ἔην κακός [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.2) of birth, ill-born, mean, γένος ἐστὲ διοτρεφέων βασιλήων, ἐπεὶ οὔ κε κακοὶ τοιούσδε τέκοιεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.3) of courage, craven, base, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ἕκτωρ σε κ. καὶ ἀνάλκιδα φήσει [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδαμῶν κακίονες[Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.4) bad of his kind, i. e. worthless, sorry, unskilled, ἡνίοχοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [τοξότης] ἢ κ. ἢ ἀγαθός[Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. ἀλήτης a bad beggar,[Refs 4th c.BC+]; κυβερνήτης, ναύτης, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I am not bad in all things, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with infinitive, κ. μανθάνειν [Refs]; [νῆσος] φυτεύεσθαι κακή [Refs]; compare 11. A.I.5) in moral sense, base, evil, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; opposed to Χρηστός, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.I.6) wretched, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.II) of things, evil, pernicious, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Χόλος, ἔρις, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πόλεμος, ἔπος, ἔργα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦμαρ, ἄνεμος, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of omens and the like, unlucky, ὄρνις, ὄναρ, σῆμα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of words, abusive, foul, κ. λόγοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ποιμήν, i.e. the storm, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: Astrology texts, unlucky, τόποι [Refs 4th c.AD+]; κ. τύχη, name for the sixth region, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B) κακόν, τό, and κακά, τά, as substantive, evil, ill, δίδου δ᾽ ἀγαθόν τε κακόν τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so κ. ἄμαχον, ἄπρηκτα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔκπαγλον, ἄφερτον, ἀμήχανον, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κακὸν ἥκει τινί there's trouble in store for some one, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δυοῖν ἀποκρίνας κακοῖν the least of two evils, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κακῶν Ἰλιάς, see at {Ἰλιά; κακόν τι ῥέξαι τινά} to do harm or ill to any one, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κακὰ φέρειν, τεύχειν τινί, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κακόν τι (or κακὰ) ποιεῖν τινα (see. δράω, ποιέω, ἐργάζομαι); κακὸν πάσχειν ὑπό τινος to suffer evil from one, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) κακά, τά, evil words, reproaches, πολλά τε καὶ κακὰ λέγειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) Philos, κακόν, τό, Evil, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.4) of a person, pest, nuisance, τουτὶ παρέξει τὸ κ. ἡμῖν πράγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, comically, ὅσον συνείλεκται κακὸν ὀρνέων what a devil of a lot of birds, [Refs] C) degrees of Comparison: C.1) regular comparative in Epic dialect, κακώτερος [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in late Prose, [Refs 4th c.AD+]: irregular κακίων, ον [with ῐ], [Refs 8th c.BC+], with ῑ in Trag, except [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.2) superlative κάκιστος [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) adverb κακῶς ill, ἢ εὖ ἦε κακῶς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κακῶς ποιεῖν τινα to treat one ill; κακῶς ποιεῖν τι to hurt, damage a thing; κακῶς ποιεῖν τινά τι to do one any evil or harm; κ. πράσσειν to fare ill, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of illness, [NT+4th c.BC+]; Χρῆν Κανδαύλῃ γενέσθαι κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with play on two senses, ὡς κ. ἔχει ἅπας ἰατρός, ἂν κ. μηδεὶς ἔχῃ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; κ. ἐρεῖν τινά, λέγειν τὴν πόλιν, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; κ. εἰδότες, ={ἀγνοοῦντες}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κακῶς ἐκπέφευγα I have barely escaped, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: comparative κάκιον [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative κάκιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+] D.2) adverb and adjective frequently coupled in Trag, Attic dialect, etc, κακὸν κακῶς νιν. ἐκτρῖψαι βίον [NT+5th c.BC+]; in reversed order, ὥσπερ ἀξία κακῶς κακὴ θανεῖται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with intervening words, κακῶς. ἀπόλλυσθαι κακούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]. (Perh. cognate with Avest. kasu-, comparative kasyah-, superlative kasišta- 'small', Lithuanian nukašëti 'grow feeble, thin', [Refs 1st c.BC+] hager.)
Strongs > g2556
Word:
κακός
Transliteration:
kakós
Pronounciation:
kak-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
worthless (intrinsically, such; whereas g4190 (πονηρός) properly refers to effects), i.e. (subjectively) depraved, or (objectively) injurious; bad, evil, harm, ill, noisome, wicked; apparently a primary word
nothing,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
μηδείς
Greek:
μηδέν,
Transliteration:
mēden
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
nothing
Morphhology:
Adjective Accusative Singular Neuter Negative
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
μηδείς
Transliteration:
mēdeis
Gloss:
nothing
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
μηδείς, -δεμία, -δέν (and -θέν, Act.27:33, a Hellenistic form; see Bl, 6, 7; Thackeray, Gr., 58) related to οὐδείς as μή to οὐ, no, none, no one; neut, nothing: Mat.16:20, Mrk.5:43 6:8, Luk.3:14, Act.8:24, Rom.13:8, al; with genitive, Act.4:17 24:23; neut. accusative, μηδέν, adverbially, in no respect, Act.10:20 11:12; as accusative obj. after verb, βλάπτειν, Luk.4:35; ὠφελεῖσθαι, Mrk.5:26; ὑστερεῖν, 2Co.11:5; μεριμνᾶν, Php.4:6; in double negation, strengthening the denial, μηκέτι μ, Mrk.11:14, Act.4:17; μὴ. μηδέν (μηδένα, μηδεμίαν), 2Co.13:7, 2Th.2:3, 1Pe.3:6 μηθείς, see. μηδείς (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μηδείς
Transliteration:
mēdeis
Gloss:
nothing
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
μηδείς, μηδεμίᾰ, μηδέν (i.e. μηδὲ εἷς, μηδὲ μία, μηδὲ ἕν): feminine μηδὲ ἴα or μηδεΐα (or -έϊα) [Refs]:— not one, not even one, nobody (in neuter nothing), once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] 2) μηδὲ εἷς (so written) is found in Attic dialect Inscrr, as [Refs]not even one, μηδὲ ἕν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with an intervening Particle or preposition, μηδ᾽ ἂν ἕνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μηδ᾽ ὑφ᾽ ἑνός, μηδ᾽ ὑπὸ μιᾶς, [Refs] II) nobody, naught, good for naught, κἄμ᾽ ἴσον τῷ μ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μηδέν or τὸ μηδέν as substantive, naught, nothing, κεἰ τὸ μ. ἐξερῶ [Refs]; μ. λέγειν to say what is naught, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of persons, τὸ μ. a good-for-nothing, τὸ μ. εἶναι, of a eunuch, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἧττον αὐτοῖς ἔνι ἢ τὸ μ, i.e. it is a mere impossibility, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also μ. εἶναι without the Article, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] III) neuter μηδέν as adverb, not at all, by no means, μηδὲν ἐγκέλευ᾽ ἄγαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with an adverb, μ. αἰνικτηρίως [Refs 5th c.BC+] — When other negatives, also derived from μή, are used with it, they do not destroy, but strengthen the negation, μηδέποτε μηδὲν αἰσχρὸν ποιήσας ἔλπιζε λήσειν never hope to escape, when you have done anything base. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare μηθείς.
Strongs
Word:
μηδείς
Transliteration:
mēdeís
Pronounciation:
may-den'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
not
Strongs:
Lexicon:
οὐ
Greek:
οὐχ
Transliteration:
ouch
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Negative Particle Negative Negative
Grammar:
introducing a negative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, before a vowel with smooth breathing οὐκ, before one with rough breathing οὐχ (but improperly οὐχ ἰδού, Act.2:7, WH, mg; cf. WH, Intr., §409; M, Pr., 44, 244), [in LXX for אֵין,אַיִן,לֹא;] neg. particle, not, no, used generally with indic, and for a denial of fact (cf. μή); 1) absol. (accented), οὔ, no: Mat.13:29 Jhn.1:21 21:5; οὒ οὕ, Mat.5:37 Jas.5:12. 2) Most frequently negativing a verb or other word, Mat.1:25 10:26, 38, Mrk.3:25 9:37, Jhn.8:29, Act.7:5, Rom.1:16, Php.3:3, al; in litotes, οὐκ ὀλίγοι (i.e. very many), Act.17:4, al; οὐκ ἄσημος, Act.21:39; πᾶς. οὐ, with verb, (like Heb. כֹּל. לֹא), no, none, Mat.24:22, Mrk.13:20, Luk.1:37, Eph.5:5, al; in disjunctive statements, οὐκ. ἀλλά, Luk.8:52 Jhn.1:33 Rom.8:2 o, al; with 2 of person(s) fut. (like Heb. לֹא, with impf.), as emphatic prohibition, Mat.4:7, Luk.4:12, Rom.7:7, al. 3) With another negative, (a) strengthening the negation: Mrk.5:37, Jhn.8:15 12:19, Act.8:39, al; (b) making an affirmative: Act.4:20, 1Co.12:15. 4) With other particles: οὐ μή (see: μή); οὐ μηκέτι, Mat.21:19; with μή interrog, Rom.10:18, 1Co.9:4, 5 11:22. 5) Interrogative, expecting an affirmative answer (Lat. nonne): Mat.6:26, Mrk.4:21, Luk.11:40, Jhn.4:35, Rom.9:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Gloss:
no
Morphhology:
Greek Particle Neuter
Definition:
οὐ, the negative of fact and statement, as μή of will and thought; οὐ denies, μή rejects; οὐ is absolute, μή relative; οὐ objective, μή subjective. —The same differences hold for all compounds of οὐ and μή, and some examples of οὐδέ and οὐδείς are included below.—As to the Form, see infr. G. USAG[Refs 5th c.BC+] I) as the negative of single words, II) as the negative of the sentence. I) οὐ adhering to single words so as to form a quasi-compound with them:—with Verbs: οὐ δίδωμι withhold, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ εἰῶ prevent, [Refs]; οὐκ ἐθέλω refuse, [Refs]; οὔ φημι deny, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but sometimes οὐ is retained, εἰ δ᾽ ἂν. οὐκ ἐθέλωσιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐάντε. οὐ (variant{μή}) φῆτε ἐάντε φῆτε [Refs 8th c.BC+] —On the use of οὐ in contrasts, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) as negativing the whole sentence, II.1) οὐ is frequently used alone, sometimes with the ellipsis of a definite Verb, οὔκ (i.e. ἀποκερῇ), ἄν γε ἐμοὶ πείθῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes as negativing the preceding sentence, [Refs 5th c.BC+] and the accusative; sometimes without μά, οὐ τὸν πάντων θεῶν θεὸν πρόμον Ἅλιον [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) with indicative of statement, τὴν δ᾽ ἐγὼ οὐ λύσω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ φθίνει Κροίσου φιλόφρων ἀρετά [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.3) with subjunctive in future sense, only in Epic dialect, οὐ γάρ τίς με βίῃ γε ἑκὼν ἀέκοντα δίηται [Refs] II.4) with optative in potential sense (without ἄν or κεν), also Epic dialect, ὃ οὐ δύο γ᾽ ἄνδρε φέροιεν [Refs] II.5) with optative and ἄν, κείνοισι δ᾽ ἂν οὔ τις. μαχέοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6) in dependent clauses οὐ is used, II.6.a) with ὅτι or ὡς, after Verbs of saying, knowing, and showing, ἐκ μέν τοι ἐρέω. ὡς ἐγὼ οὔ τι ἑκὼν κατερύκομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so with indicative or optative and ἄν, ἀπελογοῦντο ὡς οὐκ ἄν ποτε οὕτω μωροὶ ἦσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] in such sentences, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.b) in all causal sentences, and in temporal and Relat. sentences unless there is conditional or final meaning, χωσαμένη, ὅ οἱ οὔ τι θαλύσια. ῥέξε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: in causal relative sentences, οἵτινές σε οὐχὶ ἐσώσαμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the combinations, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅστις οὐ, as οὐκ ἔστ᾽ ἐραστὴς ὅστις οὐκ ἀεὶ φιλεῖ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅστις οὐ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.6.c) after ὥστε with indicative or optative with ἄν, ὥστ᾽ οὐ δυνατόν σ᾽ εἵργειν ἔσται [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive is almost invariably due to indirect speech, ὥστ᾽ οὐκ αἰσχύνεσθαι (for οὐκ αἰσχύνονται) [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Rarely not in indirect speech, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7) in a conditional clause μή is necessary, except, II.7.a) in [Refs 8th c.BC+] clause precedes the apodosis and the verb is indicative, εἰ δέ μοι οὐκ ἐπέεσσ᾽ ἐπιπείσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.7.b) when the εἰ clause is really causal, as after Verbs expressing surprise or emotion, μὴ θαυμάσῃς, εἰ πολλὰ τῶν εἰρημένων οὐ πρέπει σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.7.c) when οὐ belongs closely to the next word (see. [Refs 4th c.BC+], or is quoted unchanged, εἰ, ὡς νῦν φήσει, οὐ παρεσκευάσατο [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἰ δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί (i.e. ὥσπερ λέγεις), τίνι τρόπῳ διεφθάρη ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.8) οὐ is used with infinitive in indirect speech, when it represents the indicative of orat. recta, φαμὲν δέ οἱ οὐ τελέεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; sometimes we have οὐ and μή in consecutive clauses, οἶμαι σοῦ κάκιον οὐδὲν ἂν τούτων κρατύνειν μηδ᾽ ἐπιθύνειν χερί [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9) οὐ is used with the participle, when it can be resolved into a finite sentence with οὐ, as after Verbs of knowing and showing, τὸν κατθανόνθ᾽ ὁρῶντες οὐ τιμώμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a causal sentence, τῶν βαρβάρων οἱ πολλοὶ ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ διεφθάρησαν νέειν οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or into a concessive sentence, δόξω γυναῖκα καίπερ οὐκ ἔχων ἔχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+] and participle, ὡς οὐχὶ συνδράσουσα νουθετεῖς τάδε [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—for exceptions, see at {μή} [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.9.b) when the participle is used with the Article, μή is generally used, unless there is a distinct reference to a fact, when οὐ is occasionally found, ἡμεῖς δὲ ἀπὸ τῆς οὐκ οὔσης ἔτι [πόλεως] ὁρμώμενοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.10) Adjectives and abstract Substantives with the article commonly take μή (see. μή [Refs 5th c.BC+] is occasionally used, τὰς οὐκ ἀναγκαίας πόσεις [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν τῶν γεφυρῶν οὐ διάλυσιν the non- dissolution of the bridges, the fact of their notbeing broken up, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so without the article, ἐν οὐ καιπῷ [Refs] II.11) for οὐ μή, see entry II.12) in questions οὐ ordinarily expects a positive answer, οὔ νυ καὶ ἄλλοι ἔασι.; [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐχ ὁράᾳς.; dost thou not see? [NT+8th c.BC+]: the diphthong is genuine and always written ου (ουκ, ουδε, etc.) in early Inscrr, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; οὐ abbreviated ο, Suid. see at {Φιλοξένου γραμμάτιον}. H) ACCENTUATION. οὐ is oxytone accusative to Hdn.Gr.1.494 (text doubtfulin 504): [Refs 8th c.BC+] H.I) οὐ in connexion with other Particles will be found in alphabetical order, οὐ γάρ, οὐ μή, etc.—The corresponding forms of μή should be compared.
Strongs
Word:
οὐ
Transliteration:
ou
Pronounciation:
ookh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the absolute negative (compare g3361 (μή)) adverb; no or not; + long, nay, neither, never, no (X man), none, (can-)not, + nothing, + special, un(-worthy), when, + without, + yet but; a primary word
that
Strongs:
Greek:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
ina
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, I. adverb (poët, Hom, al.), 1) of place, where, whither. 2) of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1) prop, final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Act.19:4, Rom.11:31, Gal.2:10, al.); (a) with optative (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres, Eph.1:17 (but WH, mg, subjc; see Burton, §225, Rem, 2); (b) with subjc: after a pres, Mrk.4:21, Luk.6:34, Jhn.3:15, Act.2:25, Rom.1:11, al; after a pf, Mat.1:22, Jhn.5:23 1Co.9:22, al; after an imperat. (present or aor.), Mat.7:1, Mrk.11:25, Jhn.10:38, 1Co.7:5, al; after a delib. subjc, Mrk.1:38, al; after a fut, Luk.16:4, Jhn.14:3, 1Co.15:28, al; after historic tenses (where optative in cl; WM, 359f; M, Pr., 196f.), Mrk.6:41 (impf.), Jhn.4:8 (plpf.), Mrk.3:14 (aor.), al; (with) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§198, 199), with indic, fut: Luk.20:10, 1Pe.3:1, al; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, see word), with indic. pres: 1Co.4:6, Gal.4:17, al. (; but V. Burton, §198, Rem.); (e) εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jhn.18:37, 1Ti.1:16, al; τούτου χάριν, Tit.1:5; (f) elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jhn.1:8, 2Th.3:9, 1Jn.2:19, al; of the final verb, Rom.4:16, 2Co.8:13, al. 2) In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl, §69, 1), that; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc: θέλω, Mat.7:12, al; ζητῶ, 1Co.4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, 1Co.14:1, al; (b) after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mat.4:3, al; ἐρωτῶ, Mrk.7:26, al; παρακαλῶ, Mat.14:36, 1Co.1:10, al, etc; (with) after words expressing expediency, etc: συμφέρει, Mat.18:6, Jhn.11:50, al; ἱκανός, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jhn.2:25, al, etc; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jhn.12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Rev.2:21; συνήθεια, Jhn.18:39; μισθός, 1Co.9:18. 3) In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206ff; WM, 572; Bl, §69, 3; Burton, §223): Rom.11:11, 1Co.7:29, 1Th.5:4, al. (but see Thayer, see word); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mat.1:22 2:14, Jhn.13:18, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, adverb, I) of Place, I.1) in that place, there, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) elsewhere relative, in which place, where,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 8th c.BC+] [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as indirect interrogative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείας[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) with Verbs of motion, whither, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) of circumstance, γάμος, ἵ. χρή at which, when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς, ἐνταῦθα. when it was in their power, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ={ἐάν}, uncertain in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) Final conjunction, that, in order that, from [Refs 8th c.BC+] downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I) general usage: B.I.1) with subjunctive, B.I.1.a) after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; after βουλοίμην ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d) after imperfect with ἄν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2) with optative, B.I.2.a) after historical tenses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after the historical present, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) after optative, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.c) rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) with past tenses of indicative, B.I.3.a) after unfulfilled wishes, [Refs] B.I.3.b) after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3.c) after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}). ἵ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.3.d) after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.4) ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) special usages: B.II.1) like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (but[NT+8th c.BC+]; also for ὥστε, [LXX+1st c.AD+] B.II.2) because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; not found in literature. B.II.3) elliptical usages, B.II.3.a) where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δῶμεν. granted that. , [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3.b) in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. λαλήσῃς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3.c) ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a Verb following, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δὴ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3.d) in indignant exclamations, to think that! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.III) in later Gr. with indicative, [LXX+NT]
Strongs
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hína
Pronounciation:
hin'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
we ourselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
ἡμεῖς
Transliteration:
hēmeis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Nominative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned people or things that are speaking or writing that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
approved
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δόκιμος
Greek:
δόκιμοι
Transliteration:
dokimoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
tested
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING male people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
δόκιμος
Transliteration:
dokimos
Gloss:
tested
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
δοκίμιος, -α, -ον (δοκιμή), [in LXX: ἀργύριον δ. (עֲלִיל), Psa.12:6; and as seel. for δόκιμος (B), ἀργυρίου δ. (זָקַק pual.), 1Ch.29:4 (Bab); εἰ δ.ίστιν (יְקָר), Zec.11:13 א with a vid, Q *)*;] = δόκιμος, tested, approved: τὸ δ. ὑμῶν τ. πίστεως, that which is approved in your faith, 1Pe.1:7 (where Hort suggests the seel. δόκιμος, found in some cursives), Jas.1:3 (but see Mayor, in l For full discussion of this word, not hitherto found in a Gk. Lexicon, and for exx. of its use in π, see Deiss. (to whom is due the credit of its discovery), BS, 259 ff; MM, Exp., xi; cf. also Milligan, NTD, 76). δόκιμος, -ον (δέκομαι = δέχομαι) [in LXX for זָקַק pual, etc;] primarily of metals, tested, accepted, approved: of persons, Rom.14:18 16:10, 1Co.11:19, 2Co.10:18 13:7, 2Ti.2:15, Jas.1:12 (Cremer, 212, 697). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δόκιμος
Transliteration:
dokimos
Gloss:
tested
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
δόκῐμ-ος, ον (Doric dialect α, ον [Refs], (δέχομαι) acceptable: hence, 1) of persons, trustworthy, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; approved, esteemed, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκιμώτατος Ἑλλάδι most approved by Hellas, her noblest son, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, of approved ability to do, δόκιμος δ᾽ οὔτις. εἴργειν [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) of things, excellent, τὸ ἔαρ -ώτατον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; notable, considerable, ποταμός [Refs]; approved, κριθὰ καθαρὰ δ. [Refs]; δ. ἀργύριον legal tender, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὕμνος acceptable, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 3) adverb -μως really, genuinely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
δόκιμος
Transliteration:
dókimos
Pronounciation:
dok'-ee-mos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
properly, acceptable (current after assayal), i.e. approved; approved, tried; from g1380 (δοκέω)
may appear,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
φαίνω
Greek:
φανῶμεν,
Transliteration:
phanōmen
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to shine/appear
Morphhology:
Verb 2nd Aorist Passive Subjunctive 1st Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe was done to people or things that are speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
to appear
Tyndale
Word:
φαίνω
Transliteration:
phainō
Gloss:
to shine/appear
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φαίνω [in LXX for אוֹר hi, רָאָה ni, etc;] I. Act, 1) to bring to light, cause to appear (so most frequently in cl.). 2) Absol, to give light, shine (Hom, Plat, al.): Jhn.1:5 5:35, 2Pe.1:19, 1Jn.2:8, Rev.1:16 8:12 18:23 21:23. II. Pass, to come to light, appear, be manifest: Mat.2:7 13:26 24:27, 30, Luk.9:8, Php.2:15, Heb.11:3, 1Pe.4:18 " (LXX); opposite to ἀφανίζεσθαι, Jhn.4:14; with dative of person(s) (Bl. § 54, 4), Mat.1:20 2:13, 19 Mrk.16:9; with nom. pred, Mat.23:27-28, Rom.7:13, 2Co.13:7; id. with dative of person(s), Mat.6:5, 16 6:18 (before nom. ptcp, but not as in cl; see Bl, § 73, 4); impers, Mat.9:33; of the mind and judgment (= δοκεῖ, which see), Mrk.14:64 (cf. I Est.2:21), Luk.24:11. SYN.: see: δοκέω (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
φαίνω
Transliteration:
phainō
Gloss:
to shine/appear
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
φαίνω, [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect also φαείνω (which see):—future φᾰνῶ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect φᾰνέω (ἀπο-) [Refs 5th c.BC+], optative φᾰνοίην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἔφηνα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἔφᾱνα [Refs 5th c.BC+]subjunctive, ἀπο-φάνῃ uncertain reading in [Refs]; φάνῃς [Refs 4th c.BC+]; so in late Prose, (ἐξ-) [NT+2nd c.AD+]; Epic dialect iterative φάνεσκε (intransitive) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect πέφαγκα [Refs 4th c.BC+]perfect πέφηνα (see. below[Refs], Doric dialect3rd.pers. plural ἐκ-πεφάναντι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; pluperfect ἐπεφήνειν [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:—middle, future infinitive φᾰνεῖσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+], Ionic dialect φᾰνέομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the forms φανῆσθον and Doric dialect imperative φάνευ are corrupt in [Refs 5th c.BC+]aorist 1 ἐφηνάμην (transitive) [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, Ionic dialect imperfect φαινέσκετο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future φᾰνήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]future πεφήσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]: aorist 1 ἐφάνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular φαάνθη [Refs 8th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. plural φάανθεν [Refs]aorist 2 ἐφάνην [ᾰ], Epic dialect φάνην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. plural φάνεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect subjunctive φανήῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect infinitive φανήμεναι [Refs]: perfect πέφασμαι [Refs 5th c.BC+], 3rd.pers. singular πέφανται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; πέφᾰται in [Refs 5th c.BC+], or to φημ; infinitive πεφάνθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; participle πεφασμένος [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural pluperfect ἐπέφαντο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A) active, bring to light, cause to appear, in physical sense, τέρας τινὶ φ. make a sign appear to one, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔφην᾽ ἄφαντον φῶς, i.e. fire, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φ. μηρούς, ἐπιγουνίδα, show by baring, i.e. uncover, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; reflect an image in water, τὰ δέ νιν καλὰ κύματα φαίνει [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —middle, τὰ τόξα. τοῖσιν Ἀργείοισι φήνασθαι θέλει exhibit them as his own, [Refs 5th c.BC+] b) make known, reveal, disclose, ἐς τὸ φῶς φανεῖ κακά [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φανεῖ. κωκύματα wailings will show forth [the truth of what I say], [Refs 5th c.BC+] wilt make us appear, [Refs] c) γόνον Ἑλένῃ φ. show her a child, i. e. grant her to bear one, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; φ. παράκοιτίν τινι show (i.e. give) one a wife, [Refs] 2) of sound, make it clear to the ear, make it ring clear, ἀοιδὴν φαίνειν [Refs 4th c.BC+] 3) show forth, display in action, ἀρετήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὕβριν[Refs 4th c.BC+] 3.b) set forth, expound, νοήματα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; but τὰ λαμπρὰ. φ. ἔπη make them good, [Refs 5th c.BC+] 4) inform against one, denounce, φανῶ σε (σε φανῶ codices) τοῖς πρυτάνεσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: denounce a thing as contraband, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ φανθέντα articles denounced as contraband, [Refs]give information, ὁ φήνας ἢ ὁ γραψάμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+] 5) φαίνειν φρουράν, call up a levy, at Sparta, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also φ. θυσίαν proclaim, order a sacrifice, [Refs 4th c.BC+] —passive, πέφαται θνατοῖσι νίκας ὕστερον εὐφροσύνα has been ordained, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) absolutely, give light, shine, φαίνοντες νύκτας. δαιτυμόνεσσι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the sun, moon, etc, φ. τινί [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare φάω: so ἦρι μὲν φαίνοντι in spring when it shines forth, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of the Dioscuri shining in mid-air, [Refs 5th c.BC+] soft shining hope, [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.b) Φαίνων, οντος, ὁ, the planet Saturn, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; accusative -ωνα [Refs] III) Epic dialect iterative φάνεσκε appeared, μετὰ πρώτοισι φάνεσκε [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.2) perfect [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) passive, come to light, appear, φάνεν δέ οἱ εὐρέες ὦμοι, being stripped bare, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently of fire, shine brightly, πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι πρό [Refs 8th c.BC+]shone like fire, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently of the rising of heavenly bodies, ἄστρα φαεινὴν ἀμφὶ σελήνην φαίνετ᾽ ἀριπρεπέα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of the first gleam of daybreak, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠριγένεια φάνη ῥοδοδάκτυλος Ἠώς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἅμ᾽ ἠοῖ φαινομένηφι at break of day, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: of a rising wind, οὐδέ ποτ᾽ οὖροι πνείοντες φαίνονθ᾽ ἁλιαέες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of a vapour, ἐκ νεφέων ἐρεβεννὴ φ. ἀήρ [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.2) of persons, οἴῳ φαινομένη appearing to him alone, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὗπερ κἀφάνης where thou didst first appear, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁδόν φανῆναι a pregnant expression for ἐλθεῖν ὁδὸν ὥστε φανῆναι, [Refs]; πόθεν φαίν; whence come you? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδαμοῦ φ. is nowhere to be seen, [Refs] B.2.b) come into being, φανεὶς δύστηνος born to misery, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; become, ἐκ βασιλέως ἰδιώτην φανῆναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be made out, δοῦλος λόγοισιν. φανείς [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) of events, come about, τέλος οὔ πώ τι πέφανται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔργον, ἄεθλον, etc,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; of sayings, to be set forth, λόγος ἀρχαῖος φανείς[Refs] B.II) appear to be so and so, with infinitive, δμῳάων ἥ τίς τοι ἀρίστη φαίνεται εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+]: frequently with infinitive omitted, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ἀρίστη φαίνετο βουλή [Refs 8th c.BC+] also with participle, to be manifest: thus, ἐμοὶ σὺ πλουτέειν μέγα φαίνεαι you appear to me to be very rich, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εὔνοος ἐφαίνετο ἐών he was manifestly well-inclined, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἄκαιρα φαίνεται λέγειν he appears to be speaking, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but φανέονται λέγοντες οὐδέν it will be manifest that they talk nonsense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle omitted, πέφανται ἁρματηλάτας σοφός (i.e. ὤν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κᾶρες ἐφάνησαν (i.e. ὄντες) they were seen to be Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί φαίνομαι (i.e. ὤν) δῆτ; what do I look like? [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) in Philosophy, φαίνομαι (absolutely) is sometimes used of what appears to the senses, φαίνεται δ᾽ οὐδὲν is observed, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: sometimes of what is mentally manifest, [Refs]; to be evident, [Refs]: especially appear to the imagination [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially in participle φαινόμενος, η, ον: B.II.2.a) appearing in sense experience, τὰ φ. κατὰ τὴν αἴσθησιν [Refs]sense-data, [Refs 4th c.BC+] = celestial phenomena, title of a work by Eudoxus, versified by Aratus, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: generally, τὸ μὴ ἐκ φαινομένων τὸ βλεπόμενον γεγονέναι [NT] B.II.2.b) mentally apparent, opposed to ὄντα τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φ. εἰπεῖν to express one's opinion, [Refs 1st c.AD+]: hence, specious, fallacious, φ. ἐνθυμήματα, opposed to ὄντα, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2.c) τὰ φ. what is to be seen, show, [Refs 4th c.AD+] B.II.3) frequently in answers in Plato's dialogue, φαίνεται, yes, Prt.[Refs]: [τοῦτο] φῂς εἶνα; Answ. φαίνομαι (i.e. λέγειν) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3.b) later impersonal with dative person et infinitive, it seems good, ἐάν σοι φαίνηται Wilcken [Refs 3rd c.BC+], etc; ὁπότε αὐτῷ φανείη στρατιὰν ἐξάγειν [Refs 1st c.BC+] B.II.4) joined with δοκέω, εἰ δὴ κακός τε φ. δοκῶ τέ σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.5) οὐδαμοῦ φαίνεσθαι 'to be nowhere', metaphorically from racing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) τὰ φανθέντα, see above [Refs 4th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
φαίνω
Transliteration:
phaínō
Pronounciation:
fah'-ee-no
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to lighten (shine), i.e. show (transitive or intransitive, literal or figurative); appear, seem, be seen, shine, X think; prolongation for the base of g5457 (φῶς)
but
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀλλά
Greek:
ἀλλ᾽
Transliteration:
all᾽
Context:
Next word
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά (ἀλλ᾽ usually bef. α and υ, often bef. ε and η, rarely bef. ο and ω, never bef. ι; Tdf, Pr., 93 f; WH, App., 146), adversative particle, stronger than δέ; prop. neuter pl. of ἄλλος, used adverbially, with changed accent; hence prop. otherwise, on the other hand (cf. Rom.3:31); 1) opposing a previous negation, but: οὐ (μὴ). ἀ, Mat.5:15, 17 Mrk.5:39, Jhn.7:16, al; rhetorically subordinating but not entirely negativing what precedes, οὐ. ἀ, not so much. as, Mrk.9:37, Mat.10:20, Jhn.12:44, al; with ellipse of the negation, Mat.11:7-9, Act.19:2, 1Co.3:6 6:11 7:7, 2Co.7:1, Gal.2:3, al; in opposition to a foregoing pos. sentence, ἀ. οὐ, Mat.24:6, 1Co.10:23; οὐ μόνον. ἀ. καί, Jhn.5:18, Rom.1:32, al; elliptically, after a negation, ἀ. ἵνα, Mrk.14:49, Jhn.1:8 9:3, al; = εἰ μή (Bl, §77, 13; M, Pr., 241; but cf. WM, §iii, 10), Mat.20:23, Mrk.4:22. 2) Without previous negation, to express opposition, interruption, transition, etc, but: Jhn.16:20 12:27, Gal.2:14; before commands or requests, Act.10:20 26:16, Mat.9:18, Mrk.9:22, al; to introduce an accessory idea, 2Co.7:11; in the apodosis after a condition or concession with εἰ, ἐάν, εἴπερ, yet, still, at least, Mrk.14:29, 1Co.9:2, 2Co.4:16, Col.2:5, al; after μέν, Act.4:17, Rom.14:20, 1Co.14:17; giving emphasis to the following clause, ἀλλ᾽ ἔρχεται ὥρα, yea, etc, Jhn.16:2; so with neg, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, nay, nor yet, Luk.23:15. 3) Joined with other particles (a practice which increases in late writers; Simcox, LNT, 166), ἀ. γε, yet at least, Luk.24:21, 1Co.9:2; ἄ ἤ, save only, except, Luk.12:51, 2Co.1:13; ἀ. μὲν οὖν, Php.3:8 (on this usage, see MM, VGT, see word). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
alla
Gloss:
but
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἀλλά, conjunction, originally neuter plural of ἄλλος, otheruise: used adversatively to limit or oppose words, sentences, or clauses, stronger than δέ: I) in simple oppositions, but, I.1) after negative clauses, οὐ κακός, ἀλλ᾽ ἀγαθός[Refs 8th c.BC+] I.1.b) after a simple negative, ἦ παραφρονεῖ; οὔκ, ἀλλ᾽ ὕπνος μ᾽ ἔχει[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.1.c) frequently after οὐ μόνον, μὴ μόνον, with or without καί, οὐ μόνον ἅπαξ, ἀ. πολλάκις[Refs 5th c.BC+], either, not only. but, μὴ ὅτι ἰδιώτην τινά, ἀλλὰ τὸν μέγαν βασιλέα[Refs 5th c.BC+]; or, not only not. but, οὐχ ὅπως κωλυταὶ. γενήσεσθε, ἀλλὰ καὶ. περιόψεσθε[Refs 5th c.BC+]; the negative form is ἀλλ᾽ οὐδέ, μὴ ὅτι ὑπὲρ ἄλλου, ἀλλ᾽ οὐδὲ ὑπὲρ ἐμαυτοῦ δίκην εἴρηκα[Refs 4th c.BC+] I.2) in the apodosis of hypothetical sentences, still, at least, εἴπερ γάρ τε. ἀλλά τε[Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰ μή (i.e. ὁρῶ), ἀλλ᾽ ἀκούω γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+] may be in juxtaposition, εἰ ἄλλοις οὐκ εἰμὶ ἀπόστολος, ἀλλά γε ὑμῖν εἰμί[NT+8th c.BC+]; εἰ καὶ μετέχουσι. ἀλλ᾽ οὐ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐὰν οὖν ἀ. νῦν γ᾽ ἔτι, i.e.ἐὰν οὖν [μὴἄλλοτε], ἀ. νῦν γε. if then now at least ye still, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—without an adverb of Time, at least, ἡ δ᾽ ἀ. πρός σε μικρὸν εἰπάτω μόνον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.3) sometimes = ἀλλ᾽ ἤ (which see), except, but, οὔτι μοι αἴτιος ἄλλος, ἀ. τοκῆε no one else, but, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: compare reverse process in our word but=be out, except:—sometimes with force of ἤ after comparatives, τάφον, οὐκ ἐν ᾧ κεῖνται μᾶλλον, ἀ.ἐν ᾧ ἡ δόξα κτλ. not that in which they are lying, but far more, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4) with negative after an affirmative word or clause, to be rendered simply by not, ἀγαθῶν, ἀ. οὐχὶ κακῶν αἴτιον[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.4.b) without negative, μικρὸς μὲν ἔην δέμας, ἀ. μαχητής[Refs 8th c.BC+] II) to oppose whole sentences,but, yet: II.1) frequently in transitions, as [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. οὐδ᾽ ὥς. [Refs 8th c.BC+] in answers and objections, nay but, well but, frequently with negatives, especially in making and answering objections, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also in affirmative answers, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—repeated in a succession of questions or objections, πότερον ᾔτουν σέ τι; ἀ. ἀπῄτου; ἀ. περὶ παιδικῶν μαχόμενο; ἀ. μεθύων ἐπαρῴνησ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, answered by ἀ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2) with imperative or subjunctive, to remonstrate, encourage, persuade, etc, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; answered by a second ἀ, ἀ. περιμένετε. ἀ. περιμενοῦμεν[Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to break off a subject abruptly, ἀ. τά γε Ζεὺς οἶδεν[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. ταῦτα μὲν τί δεῖλέγει; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4) in resuming an address after parenthesis, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.5) in elliptical phrases, οὐ μὴν ἀ, οὐ μέντοι ἀ. it is not [so], but, ὁ ἵππος πίπτει καὶ μικροῦ αὐτὸν ἐξετραχήλισεν· οὐ μὴν [ἐξετραχήλισεν] ἀ. ἐπέμεινεν ὁ Κῦρος it did not however [throw him], but, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III) when joined with other Particles, each retains proper force, as, III.1) ἀλλ᾽ ἄρα, used by [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later, to introduce an objection, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions,ἀλλ᾽ ἆρα; [Refs] III.2) ἀλλ᾽ οὖν, concessive, at all events, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; well then, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but then, however, with γε following, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.3) ἀλλὰ γάρ, frequently with words between, but really, certainly, as ἀλλὰ γὰρ Κρέοντα λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, but this is irregular for ἀλλά, Κρέοντα γὰρ λεύσσω, παύσω γόους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; for the regular order[Refs 8th c.BC+] only with negatives, ἀλλ᾽ οὐ γάρ[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. γὰρ δή, ἀ. γάρ τοι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.4) ἀ. εἰ. quid si? [Refs 8th c.BC+] III.5) ἀ. ἦ in questions, chiefly of surprise or remonstrance, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀλλ᾽ ἦ, τὸ λεγόμενον, κατόπιν ἑορτῆς ἥκομε; [Refs 5th c.BC+] III.6) ἀ. followed by strengthening Particle, ἀλλ᾽ ἤτοι μὲν ταῦτα θεῶν ἐν γούνασι κεῖται[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀλλά τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀ. μέντοι, with or without γε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀ. μήν, see at {μή; ἀ. δή}, mostly with words between, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; without intervening words, [Refs 5th c.BC+] IV) = et quidem, [Refs 6th c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀλλά
Transliteration:
allá
Pronounciation:
al-lah'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
properly, other things, i.e. (adverbially) contrariwise (in many relations); and, but (even), howbeit, indeed, nay, nevertheless, no, notwithstanding, save, therefore, yea, yet; neuter plural of g243 (ἄλλος)
that
Strongs:
Greek:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
ina
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, I. adverb (poët, Hom, al.), 1) of place, where, whither. 2) of circumstance, when. II. Conjunction, 1) prop, final, denoting purpose or end (cl.), that, in order that, usually the first word in the clause, but sometimes (cl. also) preceded by an emphatic word (Act.19:4, Rom.11:31, Gal.2:10, al.); (a) with optative (so in cl. after historic tenses): after a pres, Eph.1:17 (but WH, mg, subjc; see Burton, §225, Rem, 2); (b) with subjc: after a pres, Mrk.4:21, Luk.6:34, Jhn.3:15, Act.2:25, Rom.1:11, al; after a pf, Mat.1:22, Jhn.5:23 1Co.9:22, al; after an imperat. (present or aor.), Mat.7:1, Mrk.11:25, Jhn.10:38, 1Co.7:5, al; after a delib. subjc, Mrk.1:38, al; after a fut, Luk.16:4, Jhn.14:3, 1Co.15:28, al; after historic tenses (where optative in cl; WM, 359f; M, Pr., 196f.), Mrk.6:41 (impf.), Jhn.4:8 (plpf.), Mrk.3:14 (aor.), al; (with) in late writers (M, Pr., 35; Burton, §§198, 199), with indic, fut: Luk.20:10, 1Pe.3:1, al; (d) as often in eccl. writers (Thayer, see word), with indic. pres: 1Co.4:6, Gal.4:17, al. (; but V. Burton, §198, Rem.); (e) εἰς (διὰ) τοῦτο, ἵνα: Jhn.18:37, 1Ti.1:16, al; τούτου χάριν, Tit.1:5; (f) elliptical constructions: omission of the principal verb, Jhn.1:8, 2Th.3:9, 1Jn.2:19, al; of the final verb, Rom.4:16, 2Co.8:13, al. 2) In late writers, definitive, = inf. (WM, 420; Bl, §69, 1), that; (a) after verbs of wishing, caring, striving, etc: θέλω, Mat.7:12, al; ζητῶ, 1Co.4:2 14:12; ζηλόω, 1Co.14:1, al; (b) after verbs of saying, asking, exhorting: εἰπεῖν, Mat.4:3, al; ἐρωτῶ, Mrk.7:26, al; παρακαλῶ, Mat.14:36, 1Co.1:10, al, etc; (with) after words expressing expediency, etc: συμφέρει, Mat.18:6, Jhn.11:50, al; ἱκανός, Mat.8:8, Luk.7:6; χρείαν ἔχω, Jhn.2:25, al, etc; (d) after substantives, adding further definition: ὥρα, Jhn.12:23 13:1; χρόνος, Rev.2:21; συνήθεια, Jhn.18:39; μισθός, 1Co.9:18. 3) In late writers, ecbatic, denoting the result, = ὥστε, that, so that (M, Pr., 206ff; WM, 572; Bl, §69, 3; Burton, §223): Rom.11:11, 1Co.7:29, 1Th.5:4, al. (but see Thayer, see word); so with the formula referring to the fulfilment of prophecy, ἵνα πληρωθῇ, Mat.1:22 2:14, Jhn.13:18, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hina
Gloss:
in order that/to
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
ἵνα, adverb, I) of Place, I.1) in that place, there, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] I.2) elsewhere relative, in which place, where,[Refs 8th c.BC+]: rarely in Attic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. ἡ Νίκη (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 8th c.BC+] [same place]; ἵν᾽ ἄν with subjunctive, wherever, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; as indirect interrogative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.b) after [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔμαθε ἵ. ἦν κακοῦ in what a calamity, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵν᾽ ἕσταμεν χρείας[Refs 5th c.BC+] I.2.c) with Verbs of motion, whither, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II) of circumstance, γάμος, ἵ. χρή at which, when, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἵ. μὲν ἐξῆν αὐτοῖς, ἐνταῦθα. when it was in their power, [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) ={ἐάν}, uncertain in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B) Final conjunction, that, in order that, from [Refs 8th c.BC+] downwards, mostly first word in the clause, but sometimes preceded by an emphatic word, [Refs 8th c.BC+] or κε (if found, these particles belong to the Verb, as in [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I) general usage: B.I.1) with subjunctive, B.I.1.a) after primary tenses of indicative, also subjunctive and imperative: present indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: perfect indicative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: future, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; subjunctive, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.b) after historical tenses, in similes, where the aorist is gnomic, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; where aorist is treated as equivalent to perfect, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when the purpose is regarded from the point of view of the speaker's present, σὲ παῖδα ποιεύμην ἵ. μοι. λοιγὸν ἀμύνῃς [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.1.c) after optative and ἄν, when optative with οὐκ ἄν is used with sense of imperative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; after βουλοίμην ἄν, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.1.d) after imperfect with ἄν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.2) with optative, B.I.2.a) after historical tenses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: after the historical present, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes both moods, subjunctive and optative, follow in consecutive clauses, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) after optative, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.c) rarely after primary tenses, by a shifting of the point of view, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.3) with past tenses of indicative, B.I.3.a) after unfulfilled wishes, [Refs] B.I.3.b) after indicative with ἄν, to express a consequence which has not followed or cannot follow, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3.c) after such Verbs as ἐχρῆν, ἔδει, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀντὶ τοῦ κοσμεῖν (={δέον κοσμεῖν}). ἵ. [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.3.d) after present indicative in general statements (including the past), οὐδὲ γὰρ τὸ εἶναι ἔχει ἡ ὕλη, ἱ. ἀγαθοῦ ταύτῃ μετεῖχεν [Refs 3rd c.AD+] B.I.4) ἵ. μή as the negative of ἵνα, that not, [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) special usages: B.II.1) like{ὅπως}, after Verbs of command and entreaty, is common only in later Gr. (but[NT+8th c.BC+]; also for ὥστε, [LXX+1st c.AD+] B.II.2) because, ἵ. ἀναγνῶ ἐτιμήθην I was honoured because I read, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; not found in literature. B.II.3) elliptical usages, B.II.3.a) where the purpose of the utterance is stated, Ζεὺς ἔσθ᾽, ἵν᾽ εἰδῇς 'tis Zeus,— [I tell thee this] that thou may'st know it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δῶμεν. granted that. , [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.II.3.b) in commands, introducing a principal sentence, ἵ. συντάξῃς order him, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. λαλήσῃς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἵ. ἐλθὼν ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ [LXX+NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3.c) ἵ. τί (i.e. γένηται); to what end? either absolutely or as a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or with a Verb following, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἵ. δὴ τ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3.d) in indignant exclamations, to think that! Σωκράτης ἵ. πάθῃ ταῦτα [Refs 2nd c.AD+] B.III) in later Gr. with indicative, [LXX+NT]
Strongs
Word:
ἵνα
Transliteration:
hína
Pronounciation:
hin'-ah
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
you yourselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
σύ
Greek:
ὑμεῖς
Transliteration:
humeis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 2nd Nominative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned persons being spoken or written to that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ, pron. of 2nd of person(s), thou, you, genitive, σοῦ, dative, σοί, accusative, σέ, pl, ὑμεῖς, -ῶν, -ῖν, -ᾶς (enclitic in oblique cases sing, except after prep. (BL, §48, 3), though πρὸς σέ occurs in Mat.25:39). Nom. for emphasis or contrast: Jhn.1:30, 4:10, 5:33, 39, 44, Act.4:7, Eph.5:32; so also perhaps σὺ εἶπας, Mat.26:64, al. (M, Pr., 86); before voc, Mat.2:6, Luk.1:76, Jhn.17:5, al; sometimes without emphasis (M, Pr., 85f.), as also in cl, but esp. as rendering of Heb. phrase, e.g. υἱός μου εἶ σύ (בְּנִי־אַתָּה, Psa.2:7), Act.13:33. The genitive (σοῦ, ὑμῶν) is sometimes placed bef. the noun: Luk.7:48, 12:30, al; so also the enclitic σοῦ, Mat.9:6; on τί ἐμοὶ κ. σοί, see: ἐγώ. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
su
Gloss:
you
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (2nd person)
Definition:
σύ [ῠ], thou: pronoun of the second person:—Epic dialect nominative τύνη [ῡ] [Refs 8th c.BC+] (Laconian dialect τούνη [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect σύ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τύ [ῠ] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τού [short syllable] [Refs 6th c.BC+] (also τούν [Refs]σύ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. σοῦ, [Refs], elsewhere only Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; enclitic σου, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also in Lyric poetry, [Refs 8th c.BC+] (which also occurs in Lyric poetry, [Refs 7th c.BC+], and as enclitic σευ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], σεο (enclitic) [Refs] σευ (enclitic) [Refs]:—Doric dialect τεῦ, τευ, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; rarely τέο, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τεῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+]; Doric dialect τεοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοι variant in [Refs]; enclitic τεος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; other Doric dialect forms are τίω, τίως, both [Refs 3rd c.BC+]—Dat. σοί, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc; Doric dialect τοί [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect, Lesb, and Ionic dialect enclitic τοι[Refs 8th c.BC+], Lesbian Lyric poetry, and Ionic dialect Lyric poetry and Prose τοι is always enclitic, σοί never enclitic (τοί and σοι are not found except σοι [Refs 8th c.BC+], and in codices of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarer than τοι in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect both σοί and σοι (enclitic) are used (σοί [Refs 5th c.BC+], τοί and τοι are not used; σοι is never elided except in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also τεΐν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τίν [ῐ], [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τίν [ῑ], [Refs 3rd c.BC+] before a consonant, [Refs 7th c.BC+]—Acc. σέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic σε,[Refs 7th c.BC+]; in late Gr. σέν, [Refs]; Doric dialect τέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τ᾽ variant (codex R) in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τρέ (to be read τϝέ) [Refs 5th c.AD+]; or (enclitic) τυ [Refs 6th c.BC+] 2) in combination with γε, σύ γε, σέ γε, etc. (compare ἔγωγε), thou at least, for thy part, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] and Attic dialect; Doric dialect τύγε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect τούγα [Refs 2nd c.AD+]: dative σοί γε [Refs 8th c.BC+]: accusative σέ γε [Refs], etc:—also σύ περ [Refs] 3) σύ with infinitive (as imperative), [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) Dual nominative and accusative σφῶϊ, [Refs 8th c.BC+], you two, both of you; σφώ (not σφῴ,[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Gen. and Dat. σφῶϊν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction σφῷν once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]. None of these forms are enclitic, [Refs 5th c.BC+] enclitic; Ζεὺς σφὼ is prescribed in [Refs 8th c.BC+] —σφῶϊ is never dative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] it is the accusative depending on κελεύ; σφῶϊν is never accusative; in [Refs 8th c.BC+] III) Plur. nominative ὑμεῖς, [Refs 8th c.BC+], ye, you; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμές [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμές [Refs 6th c.BC+]; a resolved form ὑμέες, [Refs 1st c.BC+] rather than genuine Ionic [Refs 5th c.BC+]— Gen. ὑμῶν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑμέων (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὑμέων also [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέων [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὑμῶν, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Aeolic dialect ὑμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect οὐμίων [Refs 6th c.BC+]—Dat. ὑμῖν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect enclitic ὗμῐν [Refs 2nd c.AD+] also Doric dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Doric dialect (not enclitic) ὑμίν [ῐ] [Refs]; ὑμίν [ῐ] also in [Refs 5th c.BC+] should perhaps be restored where the sense needs an enclitic on the principle stated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; ὕμιν[Refs 8th c.BC+]—Acc. ὑμᾶς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc. (-υ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὗμας or (more probably) ὕμας is required by the metre in [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Ionic dialect ὑμέας (disyllable) [Refs 8th c.BC+]; enclitic ὕμεας (disyllable) [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ὑμέας also [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect and Epic dialect ὔμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ὑμέ [Refs 7th c.BC+]—The plural is sometimes used in addressing one person, when others are included in the speaker's thought, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] cf. Latin tu, Gothic pu; with τοι Sanskrit genitive and dative te; the origin of σφῶϊ is doubtful; with ὑμεῖς cf. Sanskrit accusative plural yusmān.)
Strongs
Word:
σύ
Transliteration:
sý
Pronounciation:
soo
Language:
Greek
Definition:
thou; thou; the personal pronoun of the second person singular
what [is]
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ὁ
Greek:
τὸ
Transliteration:
to
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Definite article Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
a SPECIFIC neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, the prepositive article (ἄρθρον προτακτικόν), originally a demonstr. pron. (so usually in Hom.), in general corresponding to the Eng. definite article. I. As demonstr. pron. 1) As frequently in Hom, absol, he (she, it), his (etc.): Act.17:28 (quoted from the poet Aratus). 2) Distributive, ὁ μὲν. ὁ δέ, the one. the other: 1Co.7:7, Gal.4:22; pl, Act.14:4, 17:32, Php.1:16, al; οἱ μὲν. ἄλλοι δέ, Mat.16:14, Jhn.7:12; οἱ μεν̀. ὁδέ, Heb.7:21, 23. 3) In narration (without ὁ μὲν preceding), ὁ δέ, but he: Mat.2:14, Mrk.1:45, Luk.8:21, Jhn.9:38, al. mult. II. As prepositive article, the, prefixed, 1) to nouns unmodified: ὁ θεός, τὸ φῶς, etc; to abstract nouns, ἡ σοφία, etc, to pl. nouns which indicate a class, οἱ ἀλώπεκες, foxes, Mat.8:20, al; to an individual as representing a class, ὁ ἐργάτης, Luk.10:7; with nom. = voc. in addresses, Mat.11:26, Jhn.19:3, Jas.5:1, al; to things which pertain to one, ἡ χεῖρ, his hand, Mrk.3:1; to names of persons well known or already mentioned; usually to names of countries (originally adjectives), ἡ Ἰουδαία, etc. 2) To modified nouns: with of person(s) pron. genitive, μοῦ, σοῦ, etc; with poss. pron, ἐμός, σός, etc; with adj. between the art. and the noun, ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος, Mat.12:35; the noun foll, by adj, both with art, ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός, Jhn.10:11 (on ὁ ὄχλος πολύς, Jhn.12:9, see M, Pr., 84); before adjectival phrases, ἡ κατ᾽ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις, Rom.9:11. 3) To Other parts of speech used as substantives; (a) neuter adjectives: τ. ἀγαθόν, etc; (b) cardinal numerals: ὁ εἶς, οἷ δύο, etc; (with) participles: ὁ βαπτίζων (= ὁ Βαπτιστής, Mat.14:2), Mrk.6:14; πᾶς ὁ, with ptcp, every one who, etc; (d) adverbs: τὸ πέραν, τὰ νῦν, ὁ ἔσω ἄνθρωπος; (e) infinitives: nom, τὸ θέλειν, Rom.7:18, al; genitive, τοῦ, after adjectives, ἄξιον τοῦ πορεύεσθαι, 1Co.16:4; verbs, ἐλαχεν τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι, Luk.1:9; and frequently in a final sense, ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρειν, Mat.13:3 (on the artic. inf, see Bl, §71). 4) In the neut. to sentences, phrases or single words treated as a quotation: τὸ Ἐι δύνῃ, Mrk.9:23; τὸ ἔτι ἅπαξ, Heb.12:27; τὸ ἀνέβη, Eph.4:9, al. 5) To prepositional phrases: οἱ ἀπὸ Ἰταλίας, Heb.13:24; οἱ ἐκ νόμου, Rom.4:14; neut. accusative absol, in adverbial phrases, τὸ καθ᾽ ἡμέραν, daily, Luk.11:3; τὸ κατὰ σάρκα, as regards the flesh, Rom.9:5. 6) To nouns in the genitive, denoting kinship, association, etc: ὁ τοῦ, the son of (unless context indicates a different relationship), Mat.10:2, al; τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, the things that pertain to God, Mat.16:23; τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης, Rom.14:19 (cf. M, Pr., 81ff; Bl, §§46, 47). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Gloss:
the/this/who
Morphhology:
Greek Article
Definition:
ὁ, ἡ, τό, is, when thus written, A) demonstrative Pronoun. B ) in Attic dialect, definite or prepositive Article. C ) in Epic dialect, the so-called postpositive Article, = relative Pronoun, ὅς, ἥ, ὅ.—The nominative masculine and feminine singular and plural, ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ, have no accent in codices and most printed books, except when used as the relative; but ὁ, ἡ, οἱ, αἱ differ only in writing from ὃ, ἣ, οἳ, α; the nominative forms of the article are said by Hdn.Gr.1.474 to be oxytone, and by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] in Aeolic dialect accusative to [Refs 8th c.BC+] genitive and dative dual τοῖιν [Refs 8th c.BC+]— In Doric dialect and all other dialects except Attic dialect and Ionic dialect the feminine forms preserve the old ᾱ instead of changing it to η, hence Doric dialect etc. ἁ, τάν, τᾶ; the genitive plural τάων contracts in many dialects to τᾶ; the genitive singular is in many places τῶ, accusative plural τώς, but Cretan dialect, etc, τόνς [Refs]; in Lesbian Aeolic dialect the accusative plural forms are τοὶς, ταὶς, [Refs]; dative plural τοῖς, ταῖς (or τοὶς, ταὶς, see above), [Refs]; ταῖσι as demonstrative, [Refs 7th c.BC+] Poets also used the Ionic dialect and _Epic dialect_ forms τοῖσι, ταῖσ; and in Trag. we find τοὶ μέν, τοὶ δέ, for οἱ μέν, οἱ δέ, not only in Lyric poetry, as [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but even in a trimeter, [Refs 5th c.BC+] {ὅ}; τὼ πόλεε Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in [Refs 4th c.AD+] functions as genitive dual feminine, μεσακόθεν τοῖς κράναιυν [Refs 4th c.BC+] —in Elean and _Boeotian dialect_ ὁ, ἡ (ἁ), τό, with the addition of -ί, ={ὅδε}, ἥδε, τόδε, _nominative_ _plural_ _masculine_ τυΐ the following men, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] cf. Sanskrit demonstrative pronoun sa, sā, Gothic sa, sō, ONorse sá, sú, Old Latin accusative sum, sam (Enn.): —with τό [from *τόδ] cf. Sanskrit tat (tad), Latin is-tud, Gothic pata: —with τοί cf. Sanskrit te, Lithuanian tĩe, O[Refs 5th c.BC+] pá, etc:—with τάων cf. Sanskrit tāsām, Latin is-tarum:— the origin of the relative ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (which see) is different.) A) ὁ, ἡ, τό, DEMONSTR. PRONOUN, that, the oldest and in [Refs 8th c.BC+] the commonest sense: frequently also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], and sometimes in Trag. (mostly in Lyric poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τῶν γάρ, τῆς γάρ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; seldom in Attic dialect Prose, except in special phrases, see infr. VI, VII): A.I) joined with a substantive, to call attention to it, ὁ Τυδεΐδης he—Tydeus' famous son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὸν Χρύσην that venerable man Chryses, I.II: and so with appellative, Νέστωρ ὁ γέρων N.—thataged man, [Refs]; αἰετοῦ. τοῦ θηρητῆρος the eagle, that which is called hunter, [Refs]; also to define and give emphasis, τιμῆς τῆς Πριάμου for honour, namely that of Priam, [Refs]; οἴχετ᾽ ἀνὴρ ὤριστος a man is gone, and he the best, [Refs]:—different from this are cases [Refs 8th c.BC+] if he would help the Trojans, but drive those back to the ships—I mean the Achaeans, where Ἀχ. is only added to explain τούς, compare [Refs] A.II) frequently without a substantive, he, she, it, ὁ γὰρ ἦλθε [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.III) placed after its Noun, before the Relat. Prons, ἐφάμην σὲ περὶ φρένας ἔμμεναι ἄλλων, τῶν ὅσσοι Λυκίην ναιετάουσι far above the rest, above those to wit who, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οἷ᾽ οὔ πώ τιν᾽ ἀκούομεν οὐδὲ παλαιῶν, τάων αἳ πάρος ἦσαν. Ἀχαιαί such as we have not heard tell of yet even among the women of old, those women to wit who, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —for the _Attic dialect_ usage see below A.IV) before a Possessive pronoun its demonstrative force is sometimes very manifest, φθίσει σε τὸ σὸν μένος that spirit of thine, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.V) for cases in which the Homeric usage approaches most nearly to the Attic, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ. without a substantive, in all cases, genders, and numbers, [Refs 8th c.BC+] properly refers to the former, ὁ δέ to the latter; more rarely ὁ μέν the latter, ὁ δέ the former, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes in Partition, the one, the other, etc.—The Noun with it is regularly in genitive plural, being divided by the ὁ μέν, ὁ δέ, into parts, ἠΐθεοι καὶ παρθένοι, τῶν δ᾽ αἱ μὲν λεπτὰς ὀθόνας ἔχον, οἱ δὲ χιτῶνας εἵατο [Refs 8th c.BC+]: but frequently the Noun is in the same case, by a kind of apposition, ἴδον υἷε Δάρητος, τὸν μὲν ἀλευάμενον τὸν δὲ κτάμενον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: so in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; if the Noun be collective, it is in the genitive singular, ὁ μὲν πεπραμένος ἦν τοῦ σίτου, ὁ δὲ ἔνδον ἀποκείμενος [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.2) when a negative accompanies ὁ δέ, it follows δέ, e.g. τὰς γοῦν Ἀθήνας οἶδα τὸν δὲ χῶρον οὔ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.3) ὁ μέν τις, ὁ δέ τις. is used in Prose, when the Noun to which ὁ refers is left indefinite, ἔλεγον ὁ μέν τις τὴν σοφίαν, ὁ δὲ τὴν καρτερίαν, ὁ δέ τις καὶ τὸ κάλλος [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.4) on τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, or τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs] A.VI.5) ὁ μέν is frequently used without a corresponding ὁ δέ, οἱ μὲν ἄρ᾽ ἐσκίδναντο, Μυρμιδόνας δ᾽ οὐκ εἴα ἀποσκίδνασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; by ἄλλος δέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.6) ὁ δέ following μέν sometimes refers to the subject of the preceding clause, τοῦ μὲν ἅμαρθ᾽, ὁ δὲ Λεῦκον. βεβλήκει [Refs 8th c.BC+]: rare in Attic dialect Prose, ἐπεψήφιζεν αὐτὸς ἔφορος ὤν· ὁ δὲ οὐκ ἔφη διαγιγνώσκειν τὴν βοήν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI.7) ὁ δέ is frequently used simply in continuing a narrative, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also used by [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VI.8) the opposition may be expressed otherwise than by μέν and δέ, οὔθ᾽ ὁ. οὔθ᾽ ὁ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VII) the following usages prevailed in Attic dialect Prose, A.VII.1) in dialogue, after καί, it was usual to say in nominative singular masculine καὶ ὅ; in the other cases the usual forms of the Article were used (see. ὅς [Refs 4th c.BC+] II.I and cf. Sanskrit sas, alternatative form of sa); so, in accusative, καὶ τὸν εἰπεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VII.2) ὁ καὶ ὁ such and such, τῇ καὶ τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but mostly in accusative, καί μοι κάλει τὸν καὶ τόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀνάγκη ἄρα τὸ καὶ τό it must then be so and so, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but τὰ καὶ τά now one thing, now another, of good and bad, τὸν δ᾽ ἀγαθὸν τολμᾶν χρὴ τά τε καὶ τὰ φέρειν [Refs 6th c.BC+]; so πάντα τοῦ μετρίου μεταβαλλόμενα ἐπὶ τὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τά, of excess and defect, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII) absolutely usages of single cases, A.VIII.1) feminine dative τῇ, of Place, there, on that spot, here, this way, that way, [Refs 8th c.BC+], etc: also in Prose, τὸ μὲν τῇ, τὸ δὲ τῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.b) with a notion of motion towards, that way, in that direction, [Refs 8th c.BC+] —only poetry A.VIII.1.c) of Manner, τῇ περ τελευτήσεσθαι ἔμελλεν in this way, thus, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.d) repeated, τῇ μέν, τῇ δέ, in one way, in another, or partly, partly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.1.e) relative, where, by which way, only Epic dialect, as [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2) neuter dative τῷ, therefore, on this account, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.2.b) thus, so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] precedes, be translated, then, if this be so, on this condition, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.3) neuter accusative τό, wherefore, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τὸ δέ absolutely, but the fact is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; even when the τό refers to what precedes, the contrast may lie not in the thing referred to, but in another part of the sentence (compare above[Refs 5th c.BC+]; φασὶ δέ τινες αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ σοφῶν γεγονέναι· τὸ δὲ οὐκ ἦν but he was not, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.VIII.4) τὸ μέν, τὸ δέ, partly, partly, or on the one hand, on the other, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; more frequently τὰ μέν, τὰ δέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] in the first clause, τὸ δέ τι [Refs] several times. and finally, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5) of Time, sometimes that time, sometimes this (present) time, συνμαχία κ᾽ ἔα ἑκατὸν ϝέτεα, ἄρχοι δέ κα τοΐ (where it is possible, but not necessary, to supply ϝέτος) [Refs 6th c.BC+] from that time, [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.b) πρὸ τοῦ, sometimes written προτοῦ, before this, aforetime, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VIII.5.c) in Thess. Prose, ὑππρὸ τᾶς yesterday, τὰ ψαφίσματα τό τε ὑππρὸ τᾶς γενόμενον καὶ τὸ τᾶμον the decree which was passed yesterday (literal before this [day]), and to-day's, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.VIII.6) ἐν τοῖς is frequently used in Prose with Superlatives, ἐν τοῖσι θειότατον a most marvellous thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖς πρῶτοι the very first, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν τοῖσι πρῶτος (πρώτοις codices) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; [Ζεὺς] Ἔρωτά τε καὶ Ἀνάγκην ἐν τοῖς πρῶτα ἐγέννησεν first of all, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] the greatest number of ships, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also with adverbs, ἐν τοῖς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in late Prose, also with Positives, ἐν τοῖς παράδοξον [Refs 1st c.BC+] B) ὁ, ἡ, τό, THE DEFINITE ARTICLE, the, to specify individuals: rare in this signification in the earliest Gr, becoming commoner later. In [Refs 8th c.BC+] the demonstrative force can generally be traced, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I, but the definite Article must be recognized in places [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also when joined to an adjective to make it a substantive, αἰὲν ἀποκτείνων τὸν ὀπίστατον the hindmost man, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also in τῶν ἄλλων [Refs]; also τὸ τρίτον[Refs]; τὸ μὲν ἄλλο for the rest,[Refs]—The true Article, however, is first fully established in 5th C Attic dialect, whilst the demonstrative usage disappears, except in a few cases, V. [Refs 4th c.BC+] —Chief usages, especially in _Attic dialect_ B.I) not only with common Appellats, adjectives, and Parts, to specify them as present to sense or mind, but also frequently where we use the Possessive pronoun, τὸ κέαρ ηὐφράνθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν κεφαλὴν κατεάγην my head was broken, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοὺς φίλους ποιούμεθα we make our friends, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰς πόλεις ἔκτιζον they began founding their cities, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.b) omitted with proper nounsand frequently with Appellats. which require no specification, as θεός, βασιλεύς, see at {θεός} [Refs] III; ἐμ πόλει in the Acropolis, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare Θράσυλος in [Refs]; or when the person spoken of is to be specially distinguished, Ζεύς, ὅστις ὁ Ζεύς whoever this Zeus is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and therefore properly omitted when a special designation follows, as Σωκράτης ὁ φιλόσοφος: seldom in Trag. with proper nouns, save to give peculiar emphasis, like Latin ille, ὁ Λάϊος, ὁ Φοῖβος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.c) Aristotle says Σωκράτης meaning the historical Socrates, as in [Refs] when he means the Platonic Socrates, as [Refs] B.I.d) for Σαῦλος ὁ καὶ Παῦλος, etc, see at {καί} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) in a generic sense, where the individual is treated as a type, οἷς ὁ γέρων μετέῃσιν. λεύσσει [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.I.2.b) frequently with abstract Nouns, ἥ τε ἐλπὶς καὶ ὁ ἔρως [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.3) of outstanding members of a class, ὁ γεωγράφος, ὁ κωμικός, ὁ ποιητής, ὁ τεχνικός, see at {γεωγράφος}, κωμικός, ποιητής, τεχνικός. B.I.4) with infinitives, which thereby become Substantives, τὸ εἴργειν prevention, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ φρονεῖν good sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+]infinitive, τὸ θεοὺς εἶναι the existence of gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ μηδένα εἶναι ὄλβιον the fact or statement that no one is happy, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.5) in neuter before any word or expression which itself is made the object of thought, τὸ ἄνθρωπος the word or notion man; τὸ λέγω the word λέγ; τὸ μηδὲν ἄγαν the sentiment 'ne quid nimis', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τῇ αὐτῇ the phrase τῇ αὐτῇ, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the opinion about the question 'who ought to rule', [Refs]; τὸ ἐὰν μένητε παρ᾽ ἐμοί, ἀποδώσω the phrase 'I will give back, if. ', [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὀλίγοι the term few, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.6) before relative clauses, when the Article serves to combine the whole relative clause into one notion, τῇ ᾗ φὴς σὺ σκληρότητι the harshness you speak of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν ἥμερον καρπόν, καὶ τὸν ὅσος ξύλινος (i.e. καὶ τὸν καρπὸν ὅσος ἂν ᾖ ξύλινος) [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.7) before Prons, B.I.7.a) before the person Prons, giving them greater emphasis, but only in accusative, τὸν ἐμέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν. σὲ καὶ ἐμέ[Refs] B.I.7.b) before the interrogative pronoun (both τίς and ποῖος), referring to something before, which needs to be more distinctly specified, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῆς ποίας μερίδο; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τοῖς ποίοις; [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.7.c) with τοιοῦτος, τοιόσδε, τηλικοῦτος, etc, the Article either makes the pronoun into a substantive, ὁ τοιοῦτος that sort of person, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or subjoins it to a substantive which already has an Article, τὴν ἀπολογίαν τὴν τοιαύτην [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.I.8) before ἅπας, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὸν ἕνα, τὸν ἕνα τοῦτον, [Refs 4th c.BC+] see entry; and on οἱ ἄλλοι, οἱ πολλοί, etc, see at {ἄλλος} [Refs] B.I.9) the Article with the comparative is rare, if ἤ follows, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) elliptic expressions: B.II.1) before the genitive of a proper name, to express descent, son or daughter, Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου (i.e. υἱός) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἑλένη ἡ τοῦ Διός (i.e. θυγάτηρ) [Refs 5th c.BC+]: also to denote other relationships, e.g. brother, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ Σμικυθίωνος Μελιστίχη M.the wife of [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Κλέαρχος καὶ οἱ ἐκείνου Cl. and his men, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ τοῦ Ἀντιγένεος the slave of [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.2) generally, before a genitive it indicates a wider relation, as τὸ τῶν νεῶν, τὸ τῶν Ἑρμῶν, the matter of the ships, the affair of the Hermae, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου πράσσειν to promote the interests of Arrhibaeus, [Refs]; τὸ τῆς τύχης,=ἡ τύχη, [Refs]; τὰ τῆς τύχης accidents, chance events, [Refs]; τὰ γὰρ φθιτῶν τοῖς ὁρῶσι κόσμος performance of the rites due to the dead befits the living, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τῶν θεῶν that which is destined by the gods, [Refs 5th c.BC+] what regards me or thee, my or thy business or interests, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: and with genitive of [Refs 5th c.BC+] is frequently also, a man's word or saying, as τὸ τοῦ Σόλωνος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου as Homer says, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τά τινος so-and-so's house, [NT+5th c.BC+] B.II.3) very frequently with cases governed by Preps. αἱ ἐκ τῆς Ζακύνθου νῆες the ships from Zacynthus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also τὰ ἐπὶ Θρᾴκης the Thrace-ward district, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ καταστρώματος matters on deck, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπ᾽ Ἀλκιβιάδου the proposals of Alcibiades, [Refs]; τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς τύχης the incidents of fortune, [Refs] B.II.4) on μὰ τόν, μὰ τήν, etc, see at {μά} IV. B.II.5) in elliptical phrases, ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους (i.e. ὁδόν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡ αὔριον (i.e. ἡμέρα), see at {αὔριον}; ἡ Λυδιστί (i.e. ἁρμονία) [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὁ οἴκαδε πλοῦς [Refs 5th c.BC+], etc; but τό stands absolutely with Advs. of time and place, when one cannot (as in the preceding instances) supply a substantive, as κἀκεῖσε καὶ τὸ δεῦρο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὁ μὲν τὸ κεῖθεν, ὁ δὲ τὸ κεῖθεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) as RELATIVE PRONOUN in many dialects; both in nominative singular masculine ὅ, as κλῦθί μοι, ὃ χθιζὸς θεὸς ἤλυθες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὃ ἐξορύξη he who banishes him, [Refs]; and in the forms beginning with τ, especially in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: also in Ionic dialect Poets, ἐν τῷ κάθημαι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; τό [Refs]; τῶν[Refs]—Never in Comedy texts or Attic dialect Prose:—Epic dialect genitive singular τεῦ [Refs 8th c.BC+] D) CRASIS OF ARTICLE: D.a) Attic dialect ὁ, ἡ, τό, with ᾰ make ᾱ, as ἁνήρ, ἁλήθεια, τἀγαθόν, τᾄτιο; so οἱ, αἱ, τά, as ἅνδρες, τἀγαθ; also τοῦ, τῷ, as τἀγαθοῦ, τἀγαθῷ: ὁ, τό, οἱ, before e gives ου, οὑξ, οὑπί, οὑμός, τοὔργον, οὑπιχώριοι, etc; also τοῦ, as τοὐμοῦ, τοὐπιόντο; but ἅτερος, θάτερον ([musical notation]), Ionic dialect οὕτερος, τοὔτερον (see. ἕτερος), Attic dialect feminine ἡτέρα, dative θητέρᾳ (see. ἕτερος); τῷ loses the iota, τὠμῷ, τὠπιόντι: ὁ, τό, before ο gives ου, as Οὁδυσσεύς, Οὑλύμπιος, τοὔνομα: ὁ, τό, etc, before αυ gives ᾱυ, αὑτός, ταὐτό, ταὐτῷ (frequently written ἁτός, etc. in Inscrr. and Papyrus); so τὰ αὐτά=ταὐτά, αἱ αὐταί=αὑταί: ἡ before εὐ gives ηὑ, as ηὑλάβεια: τῇ before ἡ gives θη, as θἠμέρᾳ: τὸ before ὑ gives θου, as θοὔδωρ for τὸ ὕδωρ. D.b) other dialects: in their treatment of crasis these follow the local laws of contraction, hence, e.g, Doric dialect ὡξ from ὁ ἐξ [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ᾡσυμνήτης from ὁ αἰς-[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡυτή from ἡ αὐτή [Refs 1st c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
ὁ
Transliteration:
ho
Pronounciation:
to
Language:
Greek
Definition:
the (sometimes to be supplied, at others omitted, in English idiom); the, this, that, one, he, she, it, etc; the definite article
right
Strongs:
Lexicon:
καλός
Greek:
καλὸν
Transliteration:
kalon
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
good
Morphhology:
Adjective Accusative Singular Neuter
Grammar:
DESCRIBING a neuter person or thing that is having something done to them
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
καλός
Transliteration:
kalos
Gloss:
good
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
καλός, -ή, -όν, [in LXX chiefly for טוֹבָה,טוֹב, also for יָפֶה, etc;] 1) primarily, of outward form ("related to. ἀγαθός as the appearance to the essence," Cremer, 339), fair, beautiful: λίθοι (BV, goodly), Luk.21:5. 2) In reference to use, of that which is well adapted to its ends, good, excellent: of fish, τ. καλά (opposite to σαπρά), Mat.13:48; σπέρμα, Mat.13:24, 27, 37, 38; καρπός, Mat.3:10 7:17-19 12:33, Luk.3:9 [WH] 6:43; δένδρον (opposite to σαρπόν), Mat.12:33, Luk.6:43; γῆ, Mat.13:8, 23 Mrk.4:8, 20 Luk.8:15; τ. ἅλας, Mrk.9:50, Luk.14:34; ὁ νόμος, Rom.7:16, 1Ti.1:8; διδασκαλία, 1Ti.4:6; καρδία κ. καὶ ἀγαθή, Luk.8:15; παραθήκη, 2Ti.1:14; μέτρον, Luk.6:38; βαθμός, 1Ti.3:13; θεμέλιος, 1Ti.6:19; τὸ κ, 1Th.5:21; μαργαρίται, Mat.13:45; οἶνος, Jhn.2:10; ποιμήν, Jhn.10:11, 14; διάκονος, 1Ti.4:6; οἰκονόμος, 1Pe.4:10; στρατιώτης, 2Ti.2:3; στρατεία, 1Ti.1:18; ἀγών, 1Ti.6:12, 2Ti.4:7; ὁμολογία, 1Ti.6:12, 13; ἔργον, Mat.26:10, Mrk.14:6, Jhn.10:33, 1Ti.3:1; pl, Jhn.10:32; καλόν, with inf. and dative, Mat.18:8, 9 1Co.7:1, 26 9:15; id. with accusative and inf, Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, 43, 45, 47, Luk.9:33, Heb.13:9; before εἰ, Mat.26:24, Mrk.9:42 14:21; ἐάν, 1Co.7:8. 3) Ethically, good, in the sense of right, fair, noble, honourable: Gal.4:18, Heb.5:14; ἔργα, Mat.5:16, 1Ti.5:10, 25 6:18, Tit.2:7, 14 3:8, 14 (Field, Notes, 223f.), Heb.10:24, 1Pe.2:12; ἀναστροφή, Jas.3:13, 1Pe.2:12; συνείδησις, Heb.13:18; before ἐνώπιον, Rom.12:17, 2Co.8:21, 1Ti.2:3; το] κ. ποιεῖν (κατεργάζεσθαι), Rom.7:18, 21 2Co.13:7, Gal.6:9, Jas.4:17; καλόν ἐστιν, with inf, Mat.15:26 (T, ἔξεστιν), Mrk.7:27, Rom.14:21, Gal.4:18; μαρτυρία, 1Ti.3:7; ὄνομα, Jas.2:7; καύχημα, 1Co.5:6 (neg.); θεοῦ ῥῆμα, Heb.6:5. κ. does not occur in Re. SYN.: see: ἀγαθός. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
καλός
Transliteration:
kalos
Gloss:
good
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
καλός, ή, όν, Aeolic dialect κάλος (see. below), α, ον, Boeotian dialect καλϝός [Refs 6th c.BC+]:— A) beautiful, of outward form, frequently of persons, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+] usually in the phrase κ. τε μέγας τε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; μέγας καὶ κ. [Refs 8th c.BC+]; καλὸς δέμας beautiful of form,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Χορῷ καλή beauteous in the dance, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with infinitive, καλλίονες καὶ μείζονες εἰσοράασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσορᾶν κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently of parts of the body, fair, shapely, κ. πρόσωπα, ὅμματα, παρήϊα, σφυρά, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of clothes, εἵματα, φάρεα, Χιτών, Χλαῖνα, πέδιλα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of arms and armour, κνημῖδες, ἀσπίς, σάκος, κόρυς, φάσγανα, ἔντεα, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of buildings, manufactured articles, etc, αὐλὴ κ. τε μεγάλη τε [Refs]; κ. δώματα, τεῖχος, πόλιες,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; also τέμενος, ἀγρός, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐέρσα κ. ead.[Refs] A.2) in Attic dialect added to a name in token of love or admiration, as Ἀρίσημος κ. [Refs]; ἐν τοῖσι τοίχοις ἔγραφ᾽ Ἀθηναῖοι καλοί” [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Ἀλκιβιάδης ὁ καλός, Σαπφὼ ἡ καλή, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2.b) ἡ Καλή or Καλλίστη, as epithet, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.2.c) Καλοί, οἱ, divinities worshipped in childbirth, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.3) τὸ καλόν beauty, [Refs 7th c.BC+], etc; τὰ καλά the proprieties or elegancies of life, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II) with reference to use, good, of fine quality, κ. λιμήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Βορέῃ ἀνέμῳ. καλῷ fair, [Refs]; κ. ἀργύριον, opposed to κίβδηλον, genuine silver, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to ἀποτετριμμένον, good silver currency, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἐλαῖαι [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; γῆ [NT+4th c.AD+]; στρατόπεδον κάλλιστον [LXX+5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, λόφος κάλλιστος τρέχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν καλῷ [τόπῳ] in a good place, καθίζεσθαι, ὁρμεῖν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν καλῷ under favourable circumstances, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν κ. (i.e. Χρόνῳ) in good time, in season, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν οὐ κ. [Refs]; ἐν καλῷ [ἐστι] with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί γὰρ ἐμοὶ ζῆν καλό; what is the good of life to me? [Refs 1st c.AD+]; καλῇ πίστει, = Latin bona fide, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of sacrifices, auspicious, σφάγια [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with infinitive, ἰέναι. κ. ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) in a moral sense, beautiful, noble, honourable, in [Refs 8th c.BC+] only in neuter, οὐ καλὸν ἔειπες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; frequently καλόν [ἐστι] with infinitive, κ. τοι σὺν ἐμοὶ τὸν κήδειν ὅς κ᾽ ἐμὲ κήδῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐ γὰρ ἔμοιγε κ. (i.e. ἄρχειν)[Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν [LXX+5th c.BC+]: comparative, οὐ μέν τοι τόδε κάλλιον οὐδὲ ἔοικε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. ἔργματα noble deeds, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀναστροφὴ κ. [NT]: in plural, excellences, πλῆθος καλῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ τοῦ παιδὸς κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) τὸ κ. moral beauty, virtue, honour, opposed to τὸ αἰσχρόν, [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τοὐμὸν κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.3) of persons, in early writers coupled with ἀγαθός, see at {καλοκἀγαθός}; later κ. ποιμήν [NT]; κ. στρατιώτης [NT] A.IV) in Attic dialect and Trag. frequently ironically, fine, specious, γέρας κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B) Degrees of comparative: comparative καλλίων, ον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: superlative κάλλιστος, η, ον, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; late καλλιώτερος or -ότερος, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) adverb:—Poets frequently use neuter καλόν as adverb, κ. ἀείδειν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; later τὸ κ. [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.II) regular adverb καλῶς (Doric dialect καλώς [Refs 5th c.BC+], well, rightly, οὐδ᾽ ἔτι κ. οἶκος ἐμὸς διόλωλε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κ. ζῆν, τεθνηκέναι, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. φρονεῖν to be in one's right mind, [Refs]; κ. ἀγωνιεῖσθαι fairly, on the merits of the case, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Χρήματα δατῆθθαι κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.2) of good fortune, well, happily, κ. πράσσειν, ={εὖ π}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ἔχειν to be well, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κ. ἔχει with infinitive, 'tis well to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] to be well off in respect to a thing, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.3) καλῶς, ={πάνυ}, thoroughly, altogether, τὸν κ. εὐδαίμονα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: comparative, κάλλιον εἰδέναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κάλλιον ἐοικέναι to be just like, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.4) κ. ἀκούειν to be well spoken of, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.5) κ. ποιῶν rightly, deservedly, κ. ποιῶν ἀπόλλυται [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in requests, κ. ποιήσεις πριάμενος, etc, [Refs 3rd c.BC+], etc; also with infinitive, κ. π. γράψαι [Refs 1st c.BC+] C.II.6) in answers, to approve the words of the former speaker, well said! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, to decline an offer courteously, no, thank you! [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πάνυ κ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.7) ironically, finely, καλῶς ἐρήμης γ᾽ ἂν σὺ γῆς ἄρχοις μόνος [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.8) κ. ὁ ἱερεύς hurrah for the priest! [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C.II.9) repeated with the adjective, καλὴ καλῶς [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.10) comparative καλλιόνως [Refs 5th c.BC+]: superlative καλλίστως [Refs 5th c.BC+] D) for compounds, see at {καλλι, καλο-}. E) Quantity: ᾱ in Epic dialect and early [Refs 8th c.BC+]: ᾰ in Lyric poetry (except κᾱλῶς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ μὴ κᾰλὰ κᾱλὰ πέφανται [Refs 3rd c.BC+].--In comparative, ῐ in [Refs 8th c.BC+]
Strongs > g2570
Word:
καλός
Transliteration:
kalós
Pronounciation:
kal-os'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
Definition:
X better, fair, good(-ly), honest, meet, well, worthy; of uncertain affinity; properly, beautiful, but chiefly (figuratively) good (literally or morally), i.e. valuable or virtuous (for appearance or use, and thus distinguished from g18 (ἀγαθός), which is properly intrinsic)
may do,
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ποιέω
Greek:
ποιῆτε,
Transliteration:
poiēte
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to do/make
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Subjunctive 2nd Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happens - by persons being spoken or written to
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
do, to do/make, do/work
Tyndale
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, -ῶ, [in LXX for a great variety of words, but chiefly for עשׂה;] 1) to make, produce, create, cause: with accusative of thing(s), Mat.17:4, Mrk.9:5, Jhn.9:11, Act.9:39, Rom.9:20, al; of God as Creator (with accusative of person(s) also), Mat.19:4, Mrk.10:6, Luk.11:40, Act.4:24, Heb.1:2, al; like Heb. עשׂה, absol. = ἐργάζομαι, to work, Mat.20:12 (cf. Rut.2:19; so AV, but see infr.), Rev.13:5, R, mg. (but see infr.); σκάνδαλα, Rom.16:17; εἰρεήνην, Eph.2:15, Jas.3:18; ἐπίστασιν, Act.24:12; συστροφήν, Act.23:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s), Luk.1:68, Act.15:3; with nouns expressing action or its accomplishment, forming a periphr. for the cogn. verb: ὁδόν π. (cl. ὁ ποιεῖσθαι), to go on, advance, Mrk.2:23; πόλεμον, Rev.11:7, al; ἐκδίκησιν, Luk.18:7, 8; ἐνέδραν, Act.25:3; κρίσιν, Jhn.5:27, Ju 15; ἔργα, Jhn.5:36, al; (σημεῖα), Jhn.2:23 and freq, Act.2:22, al; so also mid. ποιεῖσθαι: μονήν, Jhn.14:23; πορείαν, Luk.13:22; κοινωνίαν, Rom.15:26; of food, to make ready, prepare: δεῖπνον, Mrk.6:21, al; δοχήν, Luk.5:29 14:13; γάμους, Mat.22:2; of time, to spend (cl.): ὥραν, Mat.20:12, RV (but see supr. and cf. McN, in l.); μῆνας, Rev.13:5, R, txt. (cf. Swete, in l; but see supr.); ἐνιαυτόν, Jas.4:13; with accusative before ἐκ, Jhn.2:15, al; with accusative and accusative pred, Mat.3:3 12:16, Mrk.1:3 3:12, Jhn.5:11, al; with adv, καλῶς, Mrk.7:37; ἑορτὴν π. (Dem, Exo.23:16, al.), Act.18:21, Rec; πάσχα, Mat.26:18; to make or offer a sacrifice (Plat, Xen, al; Job.42:8, 3Ki.11:33; so some understand τοῦτο ποιεῖτε, Luk.22:19, but see Abbott, Essays, 110ff.); before ἵνα (WM, 422f; M, Pr., 228), Jhn.11:37, Col.4:16, Rev.3:9. 2) to do, perform, carry out, execute: absol, with adv, καλῶς π, Mat.12:12, 1Co.7:37, 38 Jas.2:19; id. before ptcp. (cl; see M, Pr., 228), Act.10:33, Php.4:14, 2Pe.1:19, 3Jo.6; οὕτως, Mat.24:46, Luk.9:15, al; ὡς (καθώς), Mat.1:24 2:16, al; ὁμοίως, Luk.3:11; ὡσαύτως, Mat.20:5; with ptcp, ἀγνοῶν ἐποίησα, 1Ti.1:13; with accusative of thing(s): τί interrog, Mat.12:3, Mrk.2:25, Luk.6:2, al; τοῦτο, Mat.13:28, Mrk.5:32, Luk.22:19 (WH om; see supr, ref. to Abbott, Essays), Rom.7:20, al; with nouns expressing command or regulation: τ. νόμον (not as in cl, to make a law), Jhn.7:19, Gal.5:3 (cf. in LXX, Jos.22:5, 1Ch.22:12, al.); τ. ἐντολάς, Mat.5:19; similarly with other nouns expressing conduct: τ. δικαιοσύνην, Mat.6:1, al; τ. ἀλήθειαν, Jhn.3:21, al, etc; with dupl. accusative, Mat.27:22, Mrk.15:12; with accusative of thing(s) and dative of person(s) (commod, incomm; rare in cl.), Mat.7:12, Mrk.5:19, 20 Luk.1:49, Jhn.9:26, al. SYN: πράσσω, which see The general distinction between the two words is that between particular action and its habitual performance (cf. Tr, Syn., §xcvi; Westc. on Jhn.3:21; ICC on Rom.1:32). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poieō
Gloss:
to do/make: do
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
ποιέω, Doric dialect ποιϝέω [Refs], etc: Epic dialect imperfect ποίεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; contraction ποίει [Refs]; Ionic dialect ποιέεσκον [Refs 5th c.BC+]future ποιήσω: aorist ἐποίησα, Epic dialect ποίησα [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίηκα:—middle, Ionic dialect imperfect ποιεέσκετο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: future ποιήσομαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist ἐποιησάμην, Epic dialect ποι- [Refs 8th c.BC+]perfect πεποίημαι in middle sense, [Refs 5th c.BC+] —passive, future ποιηθήσομαι (μετα-) [Refs 4th c.BC+], see above; πεποιήσομαι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: aorist ἐποιήθην [Refs 5th c.BC+]: perfect πεποίημαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]:—Attic dialect ποῶ [Refs], etc, is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Comedy texts, as ποῶ [Refs 5th c.BC+], and found in codex Laur. of [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ποήσω), 82.9 (ποεῖ), 154.7 (ἐποησάτην), etc; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr: πο- also in Aeolic dialect πόημι πόης πόει [Refs 7th c.BC+]; compare ποιητής. Used in two general senses, make and do. A) make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opposed to πράττειν, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of smith's work, π. σάκος[Refs]h' (= ἐποίησε) Ἀργεῖος [Refs 6th c.BC+]; τίς. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίε; [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, [Refs 5th c.BC+]to be made with, [Refs 3rd c.AD+]; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται [Refs]:—middle, make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [ῥεῖθρον] π, of a river, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also, have a thing made, get it made, ὀβελούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) create, bring into existence, γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον [Refs 8th c.BC+]the creator, [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—middle, beget, υἱόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, ={παιδοποιεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; conceive, παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—active in this sense only in later Gr, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι [Refs] A.3) generally, produce, ὕδωρ π, of Zeus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἄρρεν π, of an egg, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; μέλι ἄριστον π, of Hymettus, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; π. καρπόν, of trees, [NT] (metaphorically in religious sense,[Refs]; of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.b) in Mathematics texts, make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] —passive, πεποιήσθω ὡς. let it be contrived that, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.3.c) postulate, imply, ἡ προσθήκη ἀφαίρεσιν καὶ ἔλλειψιν ποιεῖ [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.3.d) π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.4) after [Refs 8th c.BC+], of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: absolutely, write poetry, write as a poet, ὀρθῶς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a quotation, ἐπόησάς ποτε. [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.b) represent in poetry, Ὅμηρον Ἀχιλλέα πεποιηκέναι ἀμείνω Ὀδυσσέως [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4.c) describe in verse, θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.4.d) invent, καινοὺς θεούς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, [Refs 1st c.BC+] A.II) bring about, cause, τελευτήν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also of things, ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.b) with accusative et infinitive, cause or bring about that, σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: followed by a relative clause, π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη [Refs 5th c.BC+] —also middle, ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν[Refs] A.II.2) procure, π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, procure for oneself, gain, κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.3) of sacrifices, festivals, etc, celebrate, π. ἱρά [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. Ἴσθμια[Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, [LXX]; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also of political assemblies, π. ἐκκλησίαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν [Refs]:—middle, ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.II.4) of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war, πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ᾽ εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.5) frequently in middle with Nouns periphrastic for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, [Refs]; ὀργὴν π, for ὀργίζεσθαι, [Refs]; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, [Refs]; βουλὴν π, for βουλεύεσθαι, [Refs]; συμβολὴν π, for συμβάλλεσθαι, [Refs]; τὰς μάχας π, for μάχεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καταφυγὴν π, for καταφεύγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγῶνα π, for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also simply for λέγειν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also π. δι᾽ ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III) with adjective as predicate, make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them,[Refs 8th c.BC+] substantive, ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, [Refs 8th c.BC+]: hence, appoint, instal, τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών [LXX+NT]middle, ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, [Refs 5th c.BC+] adopt, ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, [Refs]; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ. ἔργον makes it his own, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) put in a certain place or condition, etc, ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ᾽ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; of troops, form them, ὡς ἂν κράτιστα. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in politics, ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, [Refs 4th c.BC+]:—middle, ποιέεσθαι ὑπ᾽ ἑωυτῷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (see. ἐκποδών); ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV.2) in Mathematics texts, multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτὰ π, [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.V) middle, deem, consider, reckon a thing as, συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, [Refs] (rarely in active, δεινὰ π. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μέγα π. with infinitive, deem it a great matter that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, [Refs 5th c.BC+] deem of no account, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πολλοῦ π, Latin magni facere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸ πολλοῦ π. with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) put the case, assume that, ποιήσας ἀν᾽ ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]: without infinitive, ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (i.e. εἶναι) [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—passive, πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, [Refs]; οἱ φιλοσοφώτατοι ποιούμενοι those who are reputed, [Refs] read τί οἰώμεθα; A.VII) of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ᾽ ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. [Refs 1st c.BC+]; tarry, stay, μῆνας τρεῖς [NT+1st c.AD+] A.VIII) in later Greek, sacrifice, μοσχάριον [LXX]; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος[LXX] sacrifice to Ashtoreth,[LXX] A.IX) make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον[LXX]; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it,[LXX] A.X) ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king,[LXX] B) do, much like{πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν} [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν or πάντα π, see at {πᾶς} [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.2) with double accusative, do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὴν ἐκείνου (i.e. χώραν) κακῶς π. [LXX+5th c.BC+]; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, [LXX+5th c.BC+]:—in middle, φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.3) with an adverb, ὧδε ποίησον do thus, [Refs]; πῶς ποιήσει; how will you act? [Refs 5th c.BC+]: frequently with participle, εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος [Refs 5th c.BC+]; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial, καλῶς γ᾽, ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ [Refs 4th c.BC+]fortunately, [Refs] B.4) in Prose (rarely in Poetry, [Refs 4th c.BC+] I will do this for you, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II) absolutely, to be doing, act, ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ποιεῖν, as a category, opposed to πάσχειν, [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.b) of medicine, operate, be efficacious, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; also of charms, [Refs] B.II.2) [Refs 5th c.BC+] good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L, [Refs]: the former passage is imitated by [Refs 2nd c.AD+] C) middle, ={προσποιέομαι}, pretend, with infinitive, [Refs 1st c.BC+] 'builder', 'maker', cf. Sanskrit cinóti, cáyati 'arrange in order', 'build'.)
Strongs > g4160
Word:
ποιέω
Transliteration:
poiéō
Pronounciation:
poy-eh'-o
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
to make or do (in a very wide application, more or less direct); abide, + agree, appoint, X avenge, + band together, be, bear, + bewray, bring (forth), cast out, cause, commit, + content, continue, deal, + without any delay, (would) do(-ing), execute, exercise, fulfil, gain, give, have, hold, X journeying, keep, + lay wait, + lighten the ship, make, X mean, + none of these things move me, observe, ordain, perform, provide, + have purged, purpose, put, + raising up, X secure, shew, X shoot out, spend, take, tarry, + transgress the law, work, yield; apparently a prolonged form of an obsolete primary
we ourselves
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἐγώ
Greek:
ἡμεῖς
Transliteration:
hēmeis
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
I/we
Morphhology:
Personal pronoun 1st Nominative Plural
Grammar:
a reference to recently mentioned people or things that are speaking or writing that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
1. apostrophe for με. 2. rarely for μοι, (Homer) (ML)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
μέ
Origin:
a Form of g1473
Transliteration:
me
Gloss:
me
Morphhology:
Greek Personal Pronoun (1st person)
Definition:
ἐγώ, I: pronoun of the first person:—Epic dialect mostly ἐγών before vowels (so in Doric dialect, before consonants, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἱών [Refs 2nd c.AD+]:— strengthened ἔγωγε, I at least, for my part, indeed, for myself (more frequently in Attic dialect than in [Refs 8th c.BC+]: Doric dialect ἐγώνγα [Refs 7th c.BC+]: Boeotian dialect ἱώνγα [Refs 6th c.BC+]; ἱώνει [Refs]; ἰώγα [Refs 5th c.BC+]: Laconian dialect and Tarentum dialect ἐγώνη, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] II) oblique cases from a different root, genitive ἐμοῦ, enclitic μο; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect ἐμέο, ἐμεῦ, μευ, also ἐμέθεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔμεθεν [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμέος, ἐμεῦς, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Boeotian dialect ἐμοῦς [Refs 6th c.BC+] — _dative_ ἐμοί, enclitic μοι (which may be compared with Sanskrit genitive me in κλῦθί μοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἐμίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Tarentum dialect ἐμίνη [Refs 3rd c.BC+], enclitic μ; [Refs 5th c.AD+] III) dual, nominative and accusative, νῶι, we two, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; accusative νῶιν Zenod.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Attic dialect νώ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; νῶι dative, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; νῶιν, ={ἡμῖν}, [Refs 4th c.AD+] IV) plural, nominative ἡμεῖς (ἡμέες falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμες [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect ἁμές [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέων [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἀμμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἄμμων [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; Doric dialect ἁμέων [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ἁμῶν [[Refs 5th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect, Boeotian dialect ἁμίων [Refs 5th c.BC+] (ῐ) (or ἧμιν Aristarch.ad [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also rarely in Comedy texts, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμῐν, ἄμμῐ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect also ἁμίν or ἇμιν, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; with ῑ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Ionic dialect ἡμέας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἥμεας [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἄμμε [Refs 8th c.BC+], Theocr.8.25; Doric dialect ἁμέ [Refs 6th c.BC+]—On these dialectic varieties, [Refs 2nd c.AD+] ff. (Cf. Sanskrit ahám (ἐγών), accusative plural asmā´n; for νώ cf. Sanskrit nau):—frequently in answers, as an affirmative, especially in form ἔγωγε, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὗτος ἐ. here am [Refs 5th c.BC+]; rarely with Article, τὸν ἐμέ myself, [Refs 5th c.BC+] the Self, the Ego, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; τίς ὢν οὗτος ὁ ἐγὼ τυγχάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί τοῦτ᾽ ἐμο; ἡμῖν τί τοῦτ᾽ ἔστ; Latin quid mea hoc refert? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγ; in a question, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἡμεῖς the self, ἔνθα δὴ ἡμεῖς μάλιστα [Refs 3rd c.AD+]
Strongs
Word:
μέ
Transliteration:
mé
Pronounciation:
meh
Language:
Greek
Definition:
me; I, me, my; a shorter (and probably original) form of g1691 (ἐμέ)
though
Strongs:
Lexicon:
δέ
Greek:
δὲ
Transliteration:
de
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
but/and
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
even
Tyndale
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ (before vowels δ᾽; on the general neglect of the elision in NT, see WH, App., 146; Tdf, Pr., 96), post-positive conjunctive particle; 1) copulative, but, in the next place, and, now (Abbott, JG, 104): Mat.1:2 ff, 2Co.6:15, 16, 2Pe.1:5-7; in repetition for emphasis, Rom.3:21, 22, 9:30, 1Co.2:6, Gal.2:2, Php.2:8; in transition to something new, Mat.1:18, 2:19, Luk.13:1, Jhn.7:14, Act.6:1, Rom.8:28, 1Co.7:1 8:1, al; in explanatory parenthesis or addition, Jhn.3:19, Rom.5:8, 1Co.1:12, Eph.2:4, 5:32, al; ὡς δέ, Jhn.2:9; καὶ. δέ, but also, Mat.10:18, Luk.1:76, Jhn.6:51, Rom.11:23, al; καὶ ἐὰν δέ, yea even if, Jhn.8:16. 2) Adversative, but, on the other hand, prop, answering to a foregoing μέν (which see), and distinguishing a word or clause from one preceding (in NT most frequently without μέν; Bl, §77, 12): ἐὰν δέ, Mat.6:14, 23, al; ἐγὼ (σὺ, etc.) δέ, Mat.5:22, 6:6, Mrk.8:29, al; ὁ δέ, αὐτὸς δέ, Mrk.1:45, Luk.4:40, al; after a negation, Mat.6:19, 20, Rom.3:4, 1Th.5:21, al. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
de
Gloss:
then
Morphhology:
Greek Conjunction
Definition:
δέ, but: adversative and copulative Particle, I) answering to μέν (which see), τὴν νῦν μὲν Βοιωτίαν, πρότερον δὲ Καδμηίδα γῆν καλουμένην [Refs 5th c.BC+] II) without preceding μέν, II.1) adversative, expressing distinct opposition, αἰεί τοι τὰ κάκ᾽ ἐστὶ φίλα. μαντεύεσθαι, ἐσθλὸν δ᾽ οὔτε τί πω εἶπας[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose, οὐκ ἐπὶ κακῷ, ἐλευθερώσει δέ. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) copulative, II.2.a) in explanatory clauses, ξυνέβησαν. τὰ μακρὰ τείχη ἑλεῖν (ἦν δὲ σταδίων μάλιστα ὀκτώ) [Refs 8th c.BC+]: when a substantive is followed by words in apposition, Ἀρισταγόρῃ τῷ Μιλησίῳ, δούλῳ δὲ ἡμετέρῳ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in answers, διπλᾶ λέγειν. —Answ. διπλᾶδ᾽ ὁρᾶν [Refs] II.2.b) in enumerations or transitions, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with repetition of a word in different relations, ὣς Ἀχιλεὺς θάμβησεν, θάμβησαν δὲ καὶ ἄλλοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in rhetorical outbursts, οὐκ ἂν εὐθέως εἴποιεν· τὸν δὲ βάσκανον, τὸν δὲ ὄλεθρον, τοῦτον δὲ ὑβρίζειν,—ἀναπνεῖν δέ. [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in a climax, πᾶν γύναιον καὶ παιδίον καὶ θηρίον δέ nay even beast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in the combination καὶ δέ [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.2.c) answering to τε (which see), ἃ τῶν τε ἀποβαινόντων ἕνεκα ἄξια κεκτῆσθαι, πολὺ δὲ μᾶλλον αὐτὰ αὑτῶν [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) implying causal connexion, less direct than γάρ, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) in questions, with implied opposition, ἑόρακας δ᾽, ἔφη, τὴν γυναῖκ; [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.4.b) τί δ; what then? to mark a transition in dialogue; see at {τίς}. II) in apodosi: II.1) after hypothetical clauses, εἰ δέ κε μὴ δώωσιν, ἐγὼ δέ κεν αὐτὸς ἕλωμαι if they will not give it, then I, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.1.b) after temporal or relative clauses, with ἐπεί, ἕως, etc, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; with demonstrative Pronouns or adverbs answering to a preceding relative, οἵηπερ φύλλων γενεή, τοίη δὲ καὶ ἀνδρῶν [Refs 8th c.BC+]: sometimes after a participle, οἰόμενοι. τιμῆς τεύξεσθαι, ἀντὶ δὲ τούτων οὐδ᾽ ὅμοιοι. ἐσόμεθα [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.2) to resume after an interruption or parenthesis, χρόνου δὲ ἐπιγινομένου καὶ κατεστραμμένων σχεδὸν πάντων,—κατεστραμμένων δὲ τούτων. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with an anacoluthon, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἄρα,—οἷ ἂν θεὸς θέλῃ. τῇ ἐμῇ ψυχῇ ἰτέον, αὕτη δὲ δή. [Refs 5th c.BC+] II.3) to begin a story, ἦμος δ᾽ ἠέλιος. well, when the sun, [Refs 8th c.BC+] II.4) to introduce a proof, τεκμήριον δέ, σημεῖον δέ, (see entry). B) POSITION of δέ. It usually stands second: hence frequently between Article and substantive or preposition and case; but also after substantive, or words forming a connected notion, hence it may stand third, γυναῖκα πιστὴν δ᾽ ἐν δόμοις εὕροι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Prose after a negative, οὐχ ὑπ᾽ ἐραστοῦ δέ, to avoid confusion between οὐ δέ and οὐδέ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
δέ
Transliteration:
dé
Pronounciation:
deh
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Conjunction
Definition:
but, and, etc.; also, and, but, moreover, now (often unexpressed in English); a primary particle (adversative or continuative)
as
Strongs:
Greek:
ὡς
Transliteration:
hōs
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
which/how
Morphhology:
Particle or Disjunctive Particle
Grammar:
introducing an alternative
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Additional:
as
Tyndale
Word:
ὡς
Transliteration:
hōs
Gloss:
as/when
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὡς, adverbial form of the relative pron. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ. I. As relat. adv. of manner, as, like as, just as, even as; 1) with a demonstrative, like οὕτως, expressed or understood: οὕτως. ὡς, Mrk.4:26, 1Co.3:15, Eph.5:28, Jas.2:12, al; ὡς. οὕτως, Act.8:32, 1Co.7:17, al; elliptically (sc. οὕτως, οὕτω), with nom, Mat.6:29, al; with accusative, Mat.19:19, Mrk.12:31, al; with prep, Mat.26:55, Mrk.14:48, Luk.22:52, Jhn.7:10, al; with verb, Jhn.15:6, 2Co.3:1, Eph.2:3, 1Th.5:6, al; with ptcp. (the ptcp. however not having the special force wh. it has in cl; see Bl, §73, 5; 74, 6), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Heb.13:17, al; freq implying opinion or belief, Rom.9:32; so esp, with genitive absol, 1Co.4:18, 2Co.5:20, 1Pe.4:12, 2Pe.1:3. 2) Before numerals, about, nearly: Mrk.5:13, Jhn.1:40, Act.5:7, al. 3) Before adjectives and adverbs, how: Rom.10:15 11:33, 1Th.2:10; with superl, ὡς τάχιστα, as quickly as possible, Act.17:15. II. As conjunction; 1) temporal, (a) as, when, since: Mrk.9:21 14:72, Luk.1:23, Jhn.2:9, al; (b) while, when, as long as: Luk.12:58, Jhn.12:36, Gal.6:10 (Field, Notes, 191); ὡς ἄν (M, Pr., 167, and see: ἄν), Rom.15:24, 1Co.11:34, Php.2:23. 2) Final, in order that; with inf, in order to (M, Pr., 204n), Luk.9:52, Act.20:24, Heb.7:9. (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ὡς
Transliteration:
hōs
Gloss:
as/when
Morphhology:
Greek Preposition
Definition:
ὡς:— Summary: A) as adverb of Manner. A.Aa) ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus. A.Ab) ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. pronoun ὅς, as. A.Ac) ὡς Relat. and Interrog, how. A.Ad) ὡς temporal, when. A.Ae) ὡς Local, where, B ) ὡς, as CONJUNCTION. C,D) various usages. adverb of Manner: A.Aa) ὥς, Demonstr, ={οὕτως}, so, thus, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Ionic dialect Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥς simply ={οὕτως}, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.2) καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐδ᾽ ὧς not even so, [Refs 8th c.BC+] are used in Trag. and Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα [Refs 4th c.AD+]; δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Thess. καὶ οὗς [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; for this phrase the accentuation ὧς[Refs 2nd c.AD+] A.3) in Comparisons, ὥς, ὡς, so. as, etc; and reversely ὡς, ὣς, as. so, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; in Attic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὥς τε. ὣς, as. thus, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὥσπερ, ὣς δὲ. (in apodosi) [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.4) thus, for instance, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὥς should be accented in [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.4.Ab) ὡς, Relat, as, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; properly relative to a demonstrative adverb, which is frequently omitted, κινήθη δ᾽ ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; compare ὥτε. Usage: A.I) in similes, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; longer similes are commonly introduced by ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ᾽ ὅτε, ἤριπε δ᾽, ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] [Refs]; so later, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is rare in short similes, [Refs 8th c.BC+] is followed by indicative present, [Refs 8th c.BC+]aorist, [Refs]; also by subjunctive present or aorist, [Refs] (sometimes ὡς δ᾽ ὅτ᾽ ἄν, [Refs]; compare ὥστε A:—the Verb is sometimes omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ᾽, ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (i.e. πίπτει) [Refs 8th c.BC+] follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Comedy texts, Ἀριστόδημος ὥς [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. H. A.I.2) like as, just as, ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν᾽ ἔφαγε, ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. [Refs 8th c.BC+] A.I.3) sometimes in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον) οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα) εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag, σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς μή ={ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν} (={ἂν}) βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι [Refs 4th c.BC+]; cf. Ab. 11.2 below A.I.4) sometimes after comparative, compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς. [Refs 2nd c.BC+] is uncertain in [Refs 4th c.BC+], and [ἢ] should perhaps be inserted in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; compare ὥσπερ IV. A.II) with Adverbial clauses: A.II.1) parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: in these cases γε or γοῦν is frequently added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, [Refs]; in some phrases with infinitive, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] τὸ σφέτερον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς γὰρ. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι. [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἁνὴρ ὅδ᾽ ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.2) in elliptical phrases, so far as. (compare supr. Ab.[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἀπ᾽ ὀμμάτων (i.e. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: especially in such phrases as οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; φρονεῖ. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like, see below [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.II.3) ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as, ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει [Refs 5th c.BC+].— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, see below with A.III) with Adverbs: A.III.a) with the Posit, ὡς ἀληθῶς truly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, [Refs 4th c.BC+] (adverb of ὁ ἕτερο; see at {ἕτερος} see 2) (see. below [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐναλλάξ [Refs 4th c.BC+]; in ὣς αὔτως (see. ὡσαύτως) we have the adverb of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstrative force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it. A.III.b) with adverbs expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, (see entry); ὡς is sometimes separated by several words from its adverb, as θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα᾽ δόξαν [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.c) with the superlative, as much as can be, ὡς μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+] as easily as possible, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, [Refs 7th c.BC+]; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.[Refs 2nd c.AD+] are sometimes found together, where one is superfluous, ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα [Refs 5th c.BC+]; see infr. G. A.III.d) with comparative, ὡς θᾶσσον [Refs 2nd c.BC+] A.III.e) in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly, ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) with adjectives, A.III.2.a) Posit, ὑπερφυεῖ τινι. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2.b) with superlative, ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις [Refs] A.III.2.c) separated from the adjective by a preposition, ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2.Ac) Relat. and Interrog, how, μερμήριζε. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὡς. (for the more usually ὅπως) nowise can it be that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὡς οὐ, [Refs]; οἶσθ᾽ ὡς πόησο; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἶσθ᾽ ὡς μετεύξει is falsa lectio in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; similarly, οἶσθα. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2) ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however (in whatever way) thou mayest act, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.III.2.Ad) Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indicative, ἐνῶρτο γέλως, ὡς ἴδον [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with optative, to express a repeated action, whenever, ὡς. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+]: rarely with subjunctive, to denote what happens under certain conditions, τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον [Refs]; later, ὡς ἄν with subjunctive, when, [NT+3rd c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as. [LXX+3rd c.BC+]: in indirect speech with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] as soon as ever, [Refs 5th c.BC+] stand together, [Refs 4th c.BC+]: but this usage must be distinguished from signf. Ab.111.1c: followed by demonstrative, ὡς εἶδ᾽, ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; the second ὣς is repeated, ἁ δ᾽ Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ᾽ ἔρωτα [Refs 3rd c.BC+] A.III.2) ὡς appears to be falsa lectio for{ἕως} in ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος. αἴρῃ [Refs 5th c.BC+]: but in later Gr. ={ἕως}, while, ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε [NT]; also until, τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ [Refs];compare [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III.2.Ae) Local, where, in dialects, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] B) ὡς as CONJUNCTION: B.I) with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, ={ὅτι}, that. B.II) with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, ={ἵνα, ὅπως}, so that, in order that. B.III) Consecutive, ={ὥστε}, so that. B.IV) Causal, since, because. B.I) with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc, that, expressing a fact, γνωτὸν, ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ᾽ ἐφῆπται [Refs 8th c.BC+]: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, with future indicative, μηκέτ᾽ ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ᾽ ἀτιμάσει ποτέ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις [Refs 4th c.BC+]; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sometimes, when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the accusative and infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+] is followed by indicative, after historic tenses by optative (sometimes by indicative, both constructions in ὑπίσχοντο. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes with optative after a primary tense, κατάπτονται. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων. οὐ φήσειε [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.I.2) with Verbs of feeling, χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] B.II) with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, Epic dialect ὥς κεν, are used with the subjunctive after primary tenses of the indicative, and with the optative after the past tenses, βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ᾽, ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται [Refs 8th c.BC+]future indicative, ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (conjecture Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε) κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε [Refs 4th c.BC+] B.II.2) ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indicative to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ᾽ οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε; so that I never should, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.II.3) ὡς with infinitive, to limit an assertion, ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν,compare ἔπος [Refs]; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III) to express Consequence, like{ὥστε}, so that, frequently in [Refs 5th c.BC+] in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Prose, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also, like{ὥστε}, with Indic, οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς. ἐξέμαθον [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.2) ἢ ὡς after a comparative, μάσσον᾽ ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+] too few to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] too old to. [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.III.3) ὡς is sometimes omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.IV) Causal, inasmuch as, since, τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνο; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.IV.2) on the ground that, with future indicative, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) ὡς before C.I) Participles; C.II) Prepositions; and C.III) ὡς itself as a Preposition. C.IV) with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as, ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), [Refs 5th c.BC+]: most frequently with participle future, διαβαίνει, ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; with verbs of knowing, ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι. [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that, [Refs 5th c.BC+]—Both constructions in one sentence, τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) with Parts. put absolutely in genitive, νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐρώτα ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος [Refs 5th c.BC+]: so also in accusative, μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with both cases in one sentence, ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ. διαπεπολεμησόμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II) ὡς before Preps, ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (variant{-ίᾳ}) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, [Refs 5th c.BC+] marks an intention; not so in the following: ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ᾽ ἐμοῦ [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.b) later, in geographical expressions, of direction, προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν [Refs 1st c.BC+]; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (to be read Ἡραίαν) ἰόντων [Refs] C.III) ὡς as a preposition, properly in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in [Refs 8th c.BC+] (variant{ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον},compare αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; ἔρχεται. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ, τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with variant{ἐς}) [Refs 5th c.BC+] as. so, in [Refs 8th c.BC+].έ: frequently in Attic dialect, ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g. ὡς τὴν Μίλητον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in [Refs 5th c.BC+] is equivalent to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφό; in [Refs] D) ὡς in independent sentences: D.I) as an exclamation, how, mostly with adverbs and adjectives, ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! [LXX+5th c.BC+]; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D.I.2) with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ᾽ εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὡς ὄχλος νιν. ἀμφέπει see how, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly, [Refs 5th c.BC+] D.II) to mark a wish, oh that! with optative alone, ὡς ἔρις. ἀπόλοιτο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; also ὡς ἄν or κε with optative, ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ᾽ ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] D.II.2) joined with other words of wishing, ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ᾽ ὀλέσθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly, σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (see. μάλα [Refs 5th c.BC+]:—also with words compounded with numerals, δέπας. ὡς τριλάγυνον [Refs 7th c.BC+]; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, [Refs 5th c.BC+] F) ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases: F.1) ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (i.e. γένηται); to what end? [Refs 5th c.BC+] F.2) know that (i.e. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in Comedy texts, ὡς ἔστ᾽ ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα [Refs 5th c.BC+] F.3) ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference), ξυνελέγοντο. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ᾽ ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη [Refs]; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, [Refs]; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, [Refs]; οἱ δ᾽ οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἑκάστην (one by one) αἱρέοντες (i.e. τὰς νήσους) οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; rarely with a Verb, ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο [Refs 5th c.BC+] follows ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως [NT]:—for the etymology see infr. H; also ὡς ἑκάτεροι [Refs 5th c.BC+] G) ὡς pleonastic in ὡς ὅτι [NT+8th c.BC+] H) Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: [Refs]as' is the adverb from the Relat. ὅς (I.-[Refs 5th c.BC+] stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Sanskrit yācchrē[snull][tnull]á[hudot] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς 'thus' is the adverb of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Sanskrit sa, Gr. ὁ, Latin sō-c ([Refs]; = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syllable long in [Refs 8th c.BC+], and must therefore have been ϝω; it may perhaps be related to Sanskrit vā, a form of va, iva (= [Refs]like), Latin ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ; [Refs]to' is of doubtful origin (perhaps from *ὠς, cognate with Latin ōs 'face', Sanskrit ās: ὤς τινα ἐλθεῖν like{τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος};); (5) ὡς F. 3 is probably ϝως, adverb of ϝός the reflexive adjective, and means literal in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος (ἑκάτερος),compare ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος [Refs]
Strongs
Word:
ὡς
Transliteration:
hōs
Pronounciation:
hoce
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adverb
Definition:
which how, i.e. in that manner (very variously used, as follows); about, after (that), (according) as (it had been, it were), as soon (as), even as (like), for, how (greatly), like (as, unto), since, so (that), that, to wit, unto, when(-soever), while, X with all speed; probably adverb of comparative from g3739 (ὅς)
unapproved
Strongs:
Lexicon:
ἀδόκιμος
Greek:
ἀδόκιμοι
Transliteration:
adokimoi
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
failing
Morphhology:
Adjective Nominative Plural Masculine
Grammar:
DESCRIBING male people or things that are doing something
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Tyndale
Word:
ἀδόκιμος
Transliteration:
adokimos
Gloss:
failing
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἀ-δόκιμος, -ον, [in LXX: Pro.25:4, Isa.1:22 (סִיג) *;] 1) of things (prop. of metals: LXX, ll. with), not standing the test, rejected: γῆ, Heb.6:8. 2) Of persons, rejected after testing, reprobate: Rom.1:28, 1Co.9:27, 2Co.13:5-7, 2Ti.3:8, Tit.1:16 (Cremer, 212). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
ἀδόκιμος
Transliteration:
adokimos
Gloss:
failing
Morphhology:
Greek Adjective
Definition:
ἀδόκιμ-ος, ον, not legal tender, not current, of coin, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; not approved, of horses, [Refs 4th c.BC+] 2) unsatisfactory, unconvincing, of a statement, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] 3) disreputable, λακίσματ᾽ ἀδόκιμ᾽ ὀλβίοις ἔχειν[NT+5th c.BC+]. adverb -μως[Refs 2nd c.AD+] 4) of persons, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; discredited, reprobate, [NT+5th c.BC+]
Strongs
Word:
ἀδόκιμος
Transliteration:
adókimos
Pronounciation:
ad-ok'-ee-mos
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Adjective
may appear.
Strongs:
Lexicon:
εἰμί
Greek:
ὦμεν.
Transliteration:
ōmen
Context:
Next word
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Verb Present Active Subjunctive 1st Plural
Grammar:
an ACTION that maybe happens - by people or things that are speaking or writing
Source:
[Tag=NKO] Identical in Nestlé-Aland, KJV, and other sources
Alternates:
Tyndale
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί, with various uses and significations, like the English verb to be. I. As substantive verb. 1) Of persons and things, to be, exist: Act.17:28, Jhn.1:1, 8:58, 17:5, al; ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν (for past ptcp.), Rev.1:4, 8, 4:8, 11:17, 16:5 (see Swete, Ap., 5; M, Pr., 228); τὰ (μὴ) ὄντα, Rom.4:17, 1Co.1:28. 2) Of times, events, etc, to be, happen, take place: Mat.24:3, Mrk.14:2, 15:42, Luk.21:23, Jhn.4:6, 23, 5:10, al. 3) to be present, be in a place, have come: Mat.2:13, 15, Mrk.1:45, 5:21, 15:40, Luk.1:80, 5:29, Jhn.7:30, al; before εἰς, Mrk.2:1; before ἐκ, (ἐξ), Mat.1:20, 21:25, Mrk.11:30, Jhn.3:31, al. 4) Impers, ἔστι, ἦν, etc; (a) there is (Fr. il y a), was, etc: Mat.16:28, Luk.16:19, Jhn.3:1, 5:2, Rom.3:10, al; with dative (of the possessor; Bl, §37, 3), Mat.16:22, Luk.1:7, Jhn.18.10, Rom.9:2, al; ἔστιν ὅς, ὅστις (chiefly in pl), Mat.16:28, 19:2, Mrk.9:1, al; (b) with inf, = ἔξεστιν (which see), it is possible: Heb.9:5, 1Co.11:20, RV (but see ICC, in l.). II. As copula uniting subject and predicate. 1) Expressing simply identity or equivalence: Mat.5:13, 14:15, Luk.1:18, 19, Jhn.1:1, 4:19, Rev.3:9, al. mult. 2) Explicative, as in parable, figure, type, etc: Mat.13:19, 1Co.9:2, 10:4, 11:25, Gal.4:24, Rev.17:15, al; ταῦτ᾽ ἔστιν, Mat.27:46, Mrk.7:2, Rom.7:18 al; ὅ ἐστιν, Mrk.3:17, Col.1:24, Heb.7:2, al; akin to this is the sacramental usage: Mat.26:26-28, Mrk.14:22, 24, Luk.22:19, 1Co.11:24 (see ICC on Mk, I Co, ll. with; DB, iii, 148 f.). 3) C. genitive: qual, etc, Mrk.5:42, Luk.3:23, 1Co.14:33, Heb.12:11, al; part, 1Ti.1:20, 2Ti.1:15; poss, Mat.5:3, 10, Mrk.12:7, Luk.4:7; of service or partisanship, Rom.8:9, 1Co.1:12, 2Co.10:7, 2Ti.2:19. 4) C. dative (BL, §37, 3): Act.1:8, 9:15, Rom.4:12, 1Co.1:18, 2:14, Rev.21:7, al. 5) C. ptcp, as a periphrasis for the simple verb (Bl, §62, 1, 2; M, Pr., 225 ff.); (a) with ptcp. pf. (cl.): Mat.10:30, Luk.9:32, Jhn.3:24, Act.21:35, 1Co.15:19, al; (b) with ptcp. pr. (esp. in impf, as in Heb. and Aram; Dalman, Words, 35 f.), Mat.7:29, Mrk.1:22, Luk.4:31, 14:1, Act.1:10, al. mult, id. for imper. (M, Pr., 180f, 182f.), with ellipsis of εἰμί, Rom.12:9, 10, Heb.13:5, al; (with) with ptcp. aor. (cl), Luk.23:9. 6) Seq. εἰς (cf. Heb. הָיָה לְ), a vernac. usage (M, Pr., 71): Mat.19:5, Mrk.10:8, Heb.8:10, al. 7) C. adv: Mat.19:20, Mrk.4:26, Luk.18:11, al. 8) Ellipses; (a) of the copula (Bl, §30, 3): Mat.8:29, 24:32, Jhn.21:22, 23, Heb.6:4, al; (b) of the predicate: ἐγώ εἰμί, Mat.14:27, Mrk.6:50, al; absol. (cf. Deu.32:39; אֲנִי הוּא), Mrk.13:6, Jhn.4:26, al. (cf. ἄπ, ἔν, πάρ, συμ-πάρ, σύν-ειμι). (AS)
Liddell-Scott-Jones
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimi
Gloss:
to be
Morphhology:
Greek Verb
Definition:
εἰμί (sum), Aeolic dialect ἔμμι [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Cretan dialect ἠμί [Refs]; 2nd pers. singular εἶ, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰς [Refs 8th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Doric dialect ἐσσί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἐστί, Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἐστόν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural ἐσμέν, Epic dialect and Ionic dialect εἰμέν (also in [Refs 5th c.BC+], Doric dialect εἰμές [Refs 3rd c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἰσί (-ίν), Epic dialect and Ionic dialect ἔασι (-ιν) [Refs 8th c.BC+], Doric dialect ἐντί [Refs 5th c.BC+], Epic dialect and Lyric poetry also in middle form ἔσσο [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔστω (ἤτω [LXX+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἔστωσαν, but ἔστων [Refs 8th c.BC+], and early Attic dialect Inscrr, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]subjunctive ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, Epic dialect ἔω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἔῃ [Refs 8th c.BC+], also Boeotian dialect ἔνθω [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 3rd.pers. plural ὦντι [Refs], Boeotian dialect ἴωνθι [Refs 6th c.BC+], -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. [Refs]; 3rd.pers. dual εἴτην [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 1st pers. plural εἶμεν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. plural εἶτε [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural εἶεν [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Elean ἔα, ={εἴη}, [Refs 6th c.BC+]infinitive εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; Epic dialect ἔμμεναι (also Aeolic dialect ἔμμεν᾽ [Refs 7th c.BC+]; Doric dialect εἶμεν Foed. cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]participle ὤν, Epic dialect ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, [Refs 5th c.AD+]; Boeotian dialect feminine ἰῶσα [Refs], Aeolic dialect and Doric dialect feminine ἔσσα [Refs 7th c.BC+] (also Ionic dialect, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; nominative singular εἴς in [Refs 7th c.BC+]: imperfect ἦν [Refs 8th c.BC+] (also Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] (uncertain in Aeolic dialect, [Refs 7th c.BC+] is required by metre in [Refs 8th c.BC+], whence Hom.and later Ionic dialect ἔᾱ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Epic dialect 3rd.pers. singular ἦεν, always with ν in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔην as 1st pers. singular, only [Refs 8th c.BC+]; 2nd pers. singular ἦσθα, later ἦς (which is variant in [NT+5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. singular ἦν, Epic dialect ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (see. above), Doric dialect and Aeolic dialect ἦς [Refs 7th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. dual ἤστην [Refs 8th c.BC+]; Doric dialect 1st pers. plural ἦμες [Refs 1st c.AD+]; 2nd pers. plural ἦτε [Refs 5th c.BC+]; 3rd.pers. plural ἦσαν, Ionic dialect and poetical ἔσαν (in [Refs 8th c.BC+], but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, see below see, but is 3rd.pers. plural in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; Aeolic dialect ἔον [NT+5th c.BC+], 2nd pers. singular ἦσο [Refs], 3rd.pers. singular ἦστο [Refs], 1st pers. plural ἤμεθα [NT+3rd c.BC+]; subjunctive ὦμαι [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; Ionic dialect and Epic dialect also ἔσκον, used by [Refs 4th c.BC+]future ἔσομαι, ἔσται, Epic dialect and Aeolic dialect also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσετα; Aeolic dialect 2nd pers. singular ἔσσῃ probably in [Refs 8th c.BC+], infinitive ἐσσεῖσθαι [Refs 5th c.BC+] —All forms of the present indicative are enclitic (except 2nd pers. singular εἶ and 3rd.pers. plural ἔασι); but 3rd.pers. singular is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ᾽, Hdn.Gr.[Refs]; later Grammars wrote ἔστι as substantive Verb, [Refs 9th c.AD+] A) as the substantive Verb, A.I) of persons, exist, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ᾽ ἔσσεται [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔτ᾽ εἰσί they are still in being,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκέτ᾽ ἐστί he is no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long-lived, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ὄντες the living, [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; ὁ ὤν the [LXX+8th c.BC+]; ἐσσόμενοι posterity,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of cities, ὄλωλεν, οὐδ᾽ ἔτ᾽ ἐστὶ Τροία [Refs 5th c.BC+]; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, [Refs 1st c.AD+]; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; of money, to be in hand, τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων [Refs]; τὰ ὄντα property, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ. future revenue from, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, [NT]; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, [Refs]; in office, ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων [Refs 2nd c.BC+]; αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.[Refs] A.II) of the real world, be, opposed to become, γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ὄν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; opposed to τὸ μὴ ὄν, [LXX+5th c.BC+]; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὄνindeclinable, τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, [Refs 3rd c.AD+] A.II.2) of circumstances, events, etc, to happen, τά τ᾽ ἐόντα, τά τ᾽ ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ᾽ ἐόντα [Refs 8th c.BC+]; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, [Refs]; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, [Refs]; τί ἐστι; what is it? what's the matter? [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτ; how came it to pass? [Refs 5th c.BC+] things are as they are, i.e. are ill, [Refs 4th c.BC+] A.III) be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; frequently in participle, τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth,[Refs 5th c.BC+]; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to [Refs 8th c.BC+]; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.IV) followed by the relative, οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one, οὐκ ἔσθ᾽ ὃς. ἀπαλάλκοι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, ={οὐδενί}, [Refs 4th c.BC+], = Latin sunt qui, used exactly like{ἔνιοι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; the singular Verb is used even with masculine and feminine plural, ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more frequently in oblique cases, ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστὶ παρ᾽ οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, [Refs 5th c.BC+], = Latin est ubi, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ᾽ ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; in questions expecting a negative answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπω; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ᾽ ὅτε, sometimes, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.V) ἦν is sometimes used with plural masculine and feminine, usually at the beginning of a sentence, there was, τῆς δ᾽ ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἦν δ᾽ ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι epigram cited in [Refs 5th c.BC+]; before dual Nouns, [Refs 5th c.BC+] A.VI) ἔστι impersonal, with infinitive, it is possible, ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (i.e. πιθέσθαι)[Refs 5th c.BC+]; so in imperative, optative, and subjunctive, ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ [Refs 8th c.BC+]; followed by ὥστε with infinitive, [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with accusative et infinitive, ἁδόντα δ᾽ εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: sometimes not impersonal in this sense, θάλασσα δ᾽ οὐκέτ᾽ ἦν ἰδεῖν [Refs] A.VI.b) ἔστω in argument, let it be granted, ἔστω τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἶναι [Refs 4th c.BC+] B) most frequently, to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import, τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν [Refs 5th c.BC+]; especially in the phrase τοῦτ᾽ ἔστι, hoc est; Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν [Refs 1st c.AD+] twice five are ten, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, see at {τι; οὐδὲν εἶναι} [Refs 5th c.BC+] B.2) periphrastic with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with perfect participle once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so in Trag. and Attic dialect, ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; ἔσται δεδορκώς[Refs 5th c.BC+]: with aorist participle, once in [Refs 8th c.BC+]; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσε; [Refs 5th c.BC+]: with present participle, ἦν προκείμενον [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί δ᾽ ἐστί. φέρο; [Refs 5th c.BC+] — if the _Article_ is joined with the Part, the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C) εἶναι is frequently modified in sense by the addition of adverbs, or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps: C.I) εἶναι with adverbs, where the adverb often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate, ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent,[Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] it fared ill with them, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II) with genitive, to express descent or extraction, πατρὸς δ᾽ εἴμ᾽ ἀγαθοῖο [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.II.b) to express the material of which a thing is made, ἡ κρηπίς ἐστι λίθων μεγάλων consists of, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τοιούτων ἔργων ἐστὶ ἡ τυραννίς is made up of, [Refs].ή, etc. C.II.c) to express the class to which a person or thing belongs, εἶ γὰρ τῶν φίλων you are one of them, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔστι τῶν αἰσχρῶν it is in the class of disgraceful things, i. e. it is disgraceful, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.II.d) to express that a thing belongs to another, Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν [Refs 5th c.BC+]: hence, to be of the party of, ἦσαν. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου [Refs 4th c.BC+]; to be de pendent upon, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to be at the mercy of, ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ [Refs] C.II.e) to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like, οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.II.f) in LXX, to be occupied about, ἦσαν τοῦ θύειν [LXX]; ἔσεσθαι, with genitive, to be about to, ἐσόμεθα τοῦ σῶσαί σε [LXX] C.III) with the dative, ἐστί μοι I have, frequently in [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.III.2) with two datives, σφίσι τε καὶ Ἀθηναίοισι εἶναι οὐδὲν πρῆγμα that they and the Athenians have nothing to do one with another, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; more shortly, σοί τε καὶ τούτοισι πρήγμασι τί ἐστ; [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τί τῷ νόμῳ καὶ τῇ βασάν; [Refs 4th c.BC+]; τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σο; Latin quid tecum est mihi? [NT]; also ἐμοὶ οὐδὲν πρὸς τοὺς τοιούτους (i.e. ἐστίν) [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἔσται αὐτῳ πρὸς τὸν θεόν, in tomb inscriptions, [Refs] C.III.3) with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc, added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, [Refs 8th c.BC+] C.IV) with Preps, εἶναι ἀπό τινος, ={εἶναί τινος}[Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἀπ᾽ οἴκου to be away from, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.2) εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ᾽ ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3) εἶναι ἐν. to be in a certain state, ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.3.b) ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.4) εἶναι διά, much like{εἶναι ἐν}, εἶναι διὰ φόβου, ={φοβεῖσθαι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ ὄχλου, ={ὀχληρὸν εἶναι}, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι δι᾽ αἰτίας, ={αἰτιᾶσθαι}, [Refs 1st c.BC+]; Geometry texts, pass through, διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου [Refs 3rd c.BC+] C.IV.5) εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑαυτῆς to be by oneself, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ ὀνόματος to bear a name, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν to be engaged in, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐπί τινα to be against him, [Refs]; εἶναι ἐφ᾽ ἑξήκοντα στάδια to reach sixty stadia, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὰς ἁφάς pass through the points of contact, [Refs 2nd c.AD+]; εἶναι ἐπί τινι, see above 3 b. C.IV.6) εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; to suit, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, [Refs 4th c.BC+]; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν[Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.7) εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, [Refs 5th c.BC+] (assuming variant). C.IV.8) εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to, [Refs 5th c.BC+] C.IV.9) περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, [Refs 4th c.BC+] C.IV.10) εἶναι ἀπό, in Geometry texts, to be constructed upon, [Refs 3rd c.BC+] D) ἐστί is very frequently omitted, mostly in the present indicative before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc, and after the neuter of Verbals in -τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less frequently with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; εἶ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; ἐσμέν, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ἐστέ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; εἰσί, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; subjunctive ᾖ, [Refs 8th c.BC+]; optative εἴη, [Refs]; imperfect ἦν, [Refs]; future ἔσονται, [Refs 8th c.BC+] E) the Inf. frequently seems redundant, E.1) in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (see. ἑκών) κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ ἐπ᾽ ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, [Refs 4th c.BC+] E.2) after Verbs of naming or choosing, σοφιστὴν ὀνομάζουσι τὸν ἄνδρα εἶναι [Refs 5th c.BC+]; of giving, δῶκε ξεινήϊον εἶναι [Refs 8th c.BC+] F) imperfect ἦνissts. used where other languages take the present, F.1) after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is, [Refs 5th c.BC+]; ὡς ἄρ᾽ ἦσθ᾽ ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς[Refs 3rd c.BC+]; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦ; what is this? [Refs 5th c.BC+], used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dative in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, [Refs] G) ἐγώ εἰμι, in [LXX]
Strongs
Word:
εἰμί
Transliteration:
eimí
Pronounciation:
i-mee'
Language:
Greek
Morphhology:
Verb
Definition:
I exist (used only when emphatic); am, have been, X it is I, was; the first person singular present indicative; a prolonged form of a primary and defective verb
